Home

ZyXEL P-2302 User's Manual

1. 261 Table 110 Maintenance gt Logs gt Wisi abeo 262 Table 111 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings iiec iens sheii duit ddr id d quail d dens siin 263 Table 112 S STORE Enor LOS serren ie add x etlam paa aipk i ida eode pda dus ci aad Riad 265 Table 113 Syslem Maintenance deo m 265 jr TTA Access COMO LOGT acne 266 TOGT TOF REOT LODS TM Rr 266 Table 116 Packet Fiter LOGS csicadeccossacsductsnracducrsonicsduresascnadies toit dde tier A A S 267 TOST E MF O ET 267 Qi xu idiom 267 TOETO UPIP LOOS A 268 THIS 120 Content Ftonng LOGS sererai Sa Kk eu EUER KE cL ta EE Ea RR ta EMI 268 PETITA ORELI ager ren ree cen ae earrt or oe rarer eres ere ent Derr Tira rer ery trereer er ret creer rere rrrerry Trees ear trot rceerre erate 268 Table 122 Rarola Management Loge 2deipix en bord ad p rti nto oc D Gd i datio e D ede o d d 269 Eris a PG Mi tdi er eee TR o 270 Tape dc 271 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide List of Tables TOSTO EIFL siasii 271 TE O LME LOOS PL 271 Table 127 Maintenance Tools FINE a scascceduer eet ebbe pet Dr caninin anna eki Esa t 2a Que ia 274 Table 128 Maintenance gt Tools Configuration uiioscccesiiseden t tere ik nt ai I ae ea a dt et cata 275 Table 125 Device SpeCiICAtONS eii t PP e E od ase een i etai n ioi tke an iiv tuU E 287 D mmu e 288 Table 131
2. 36 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator eoe ioo onim on tor ro nn entm tn rin rtu int ont pa rhe Eo IU cU oe aia 39 REI Ieri EET c 39 2 2 PCS SSI EuI cens ror 39 Zo Teen MeZ AEL DO P T T 41 2 5 1 Reset Button and WLAN 1 isoliert detenidas Gri an idiot UN DLE i NER LUN RUM 42 24 Web Configurator Main Sereen iiusieececenitatea cix ihr dk bana in aad Fa A a a ded ada 42 pw Li ace 43 pmi 43 Po NOVEM MONE MEE T TESSUTO OE 45 AT SEC BAF sirrcna D a LL a eenaa eee 45 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide LE Table of Contents Chapter 3 MURS AND SOU ee 47 Ss RUMI NI d S EE aurea EU etd dosed Lila pa Kaba UT NI 47 WAP nisi 48 Rea SUCI ETT MN E EE a EEE AAA S 49 e cc LI UTERIS TU I T TUUM MT 49 329 ISP PIAM S conce dades e dua b a ctc OR e t d dn 50 aud volt IP SSS uiscrnnseuatuuesepeteta Meet nach andadcdhi uidet acis tod anda edades x taie bacens 52 3 2 0 WAN IP Address ASSIQNMGI m 52 Sato MAL POSS casas ise rtis erp t le a ER eR ad RU MOOR LR Roca dt d t o Ria 55 S F T T m EM 56 Bae mE ttm 57 sm Eie n C m 57 Toe PEJE TOn COP E 58 34 Bandwidth Management Wizard sajsseccsadisesessivasionsdsiadananeisenzanensrciaudannessisadionsasiaalansessnenuond seas 60 Qe T INES aoia UE EAA cd bi EEEE AAE A EE EAAS AAAS 61 2 2 2 Genera I
3. eese eene nnn 60 Table 17 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Welcome eeeeseeseeeeseeeeee nnne nnne nnne 61 Table 18 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt General Information sss 62 Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Services Setup ssssssssssssseeee 63 Table 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Priority Setup eeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeenennnnnnn nne 64 Table 21 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Finish ccicisiscsssnsaiincecneaiinonseneasicceanndianssancrastnzeaneaatnnneenessinn 65 TAME 22 Sialis rl mew 68 Table 23AN IP Table WINGOW ee ahaa iva Ti spa ect T T 71 Table 24 DHCP Table WIDOON use eio nive een ntadet ee EM d tma cute a a beret es ipo M ra I usar lur ia AS 71 Tape 23 VOF Gases WINGON A 72 Tabe 26 BW MGMT Manitor PU rs MC Uaa aa biaa Siaa NDA Na Deia UNa 74 Table 27 Packet Statistics VIMYIDE uisossuusssiceiieisekeideiuci enidan E TSE EAEE 75 Table 28 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication cccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeseeaceeeeeeeeeeeeeesseees 81 Table 29 Additional Wireless TOME uiis cert RaR CAES PNRBEEPRR RSEN EE ERREUR DEL nina er vua eR Mun 82 Table 30 Wireless LAN General M 83 Table 31 Wireless No Seconity T 84 Table 32 Wireloss Statie WEP EnrYDUDH cccicsuietianceiinesienewteinaioedeeehem aaa 85 Table 33 Wireloss WPA FPSRK saoiri aa 86 Table 34 Wir
4. ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeseaeaeaeseeeeeeesees 293 25 5 1 Internet Explorer Pop Up Bloekerg 1 2 crt etr hh re a eaa n a n REEE 293 250 2 Java opl e 296 EAR EM Cami T T STU 297 Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting iiec iere bcr ted adoce dole E CR GOL d UR LA 299 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address ccccccccecccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeens 307 Appendix E SIF PaseltOibll sasecsdee as VERSES VMLER ERAS VERE ER EERV PPS E I URS IRE UN LAE IM REA 321 Appendix F Intermal SP TOEN a icone Fex e e t r EE MER a KE RE ERI QUEE S DER DLE R 323 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Table of Contents Appendix G Services eusann iner ane iai aa Eai ai Eaa Eaa EE EA E EENE EEEE ANE EEE 339 Appendix H Legal information oi cccc cs caecessnscreasescescentstceceeceemscansnannedetcasdecaauedeasbesandanssaseeaawancsiies 343 Appendix Customer Support ccccccscccsccsseceacececeeeceeeccecceaeccecccecceecceeceeseceseeeeeeeseeeeeeess 347 M 351 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide List of Figures List of Figures Figure TZyxXEL Devices VOIE FOSUUEGS ooi lessees naa sian ain n ae Ron p 33 Figure 2 ZyXEL Device as a VoIP Trunking Gateway esee erneuern nennt ana uota ade nda Lana aaa 34 Figure 3 DECT Base Station Featuie e 34 Fiawe s Fil Shanng OU er w 0 S
5. Call Forward Call Forward Select which call forwarding table you want the ZyXEL Device to use for incoming Table calls You set up these tables in VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Caller Ringing Enable Select the check box if you want to specify what tone people hear when they call you The ZyXEL Device provides a default tone but you can add additional tones using IVR See Section 9 2 on page 132 for more information Caller Ringing Select the tone you want people to hear when they call you You should setup Tone these tones using IVR first See Section 9 2 on page 132 for more information On Hold Enable Select the check box if you want to specify what tone people hear when you put them on hold The ZyXEL Device provides a default tone but you can add additional tones using IVR See Section 9 2 on page 132 for more information On Hold Tone Select the tone you want people to hear when you put them on hold You should setup these tones using IVR first See Section 9 2 on page 132 for more information lt Back Click this to return to the SIP Settings screen without saving your changes Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 9 3 3 SIP QoS Screen Use this screen to maintain ToS and VLAN settings for the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click VoIP gt SIP gt QoS P 2302HWUDL P1 Ser
6. 3 Inthe Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 221 Chapter 19 UPnP Figure 132 Internet Connection Properties EJ H Internet Connection Properties General Connect to the Internet using amp J Intemet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings 222 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 UPnP Figure 133 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Advances Settings Sericet Select he services waning on pour eietevoor that inleme uselt can eas Seraces memege 192 1681 55 9853 27111 UDP msmso 192 166 1 91 7261 26007 UDP v memso 192 168 1 0 7810 31711 TCR Service Settings Description of service Test Name or IP address for example 192 168 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 TCP UDP Internal Port number for this service 144 Cancel 5 When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically 6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected
7. sseseen en 59 Figure 24 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Fail csssscccccsesecceeceeeeeececeeeeeesceeenseeaeee 60 Figure 25 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Welcome esses eene nnne nnn nnn nn nnns 61 Figure 26 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt General Information eseee 62 Figure 27 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Services Setup eese sees tenen e 63 Figure 28 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Priority Setup eeseseseeeeeeeennenn nennen 64 Figure 29 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Finish i c irrito tor ect re br rea epo cu op Ek ERR YEARR ROBORIS 65 Figure 30 Salus SONGS T 68 Figure 3T 20 IF Table VAR asserts omawn dcl aewariss ERR D nbi EE EE EAR e MU CRI RR ELA IM La ART EKEN vandal 71 Figure 22 DAG Pate solis nsnknierikisn bel iaanta noida aaa eae 71 Fours 23 VOP Statie ICS I o nn 72 Figure 34 BW MGMT Monitor WINGOW ics saat Shs cete erre teda etae det ao need ena epa d RP NU E E codd 74 Ig e i Es dare nri iei go 75 Figure 26 Example of a Wireless NetWork 1 5 rtt y prt HRER EHI ER EHE i H nrn EE 79 Figure 37 Wireless LAN General istasteiietianteasetin iiinn Rr eie d ER hase TERRAIN EE M ERR MEO 83 Figure 36 Wireless ae el e M MM 84 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 21 List of Figures Figure 39 Wireless Static WEF ERGY TOIT 1s ene ti
8. P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide SIP Passthrough Enabling Disabling the SIP ALG You can turn off the ZyXEL Device SIP ALG to avoid retranslating the IP address of an existing SIP device that is using STUN If you want to use STUN with a SIP client device a SIP phone or IP phone for example behind the ZyXEL Device use the ip alg disable ALG SIP command to turn off the SIP ALG Signaling Session Timeout Most SIP clients have an expire mechanism indicating the lifetime of signaling sessions The SIP UA sends registration packets to the SIP server periodically and keeps the session alive in the ZyXEL Device If the SIP client does not have this mechanism and makes no call during the ZyXEL Device SIP timeout default 60 minutes the ZyXEL Device SIP ALG drops any incoming calls after the timeout period You can use the ip alg siptimeout command to change the timeout value Audio Session Timeout If no voice packets go through the SIP ALG before the timeout period default 5 minutes expires the SIP ALG does not drop the call but blocks all voice traffic and deletes the audio session You cannot hear anything and you will need to make a new call to continue your conversation P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix E SIP Passthrough 322 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Internal SPTGEN This appendix introduces Internal SPTGEN All menus shown in this appendix are example menus me
9. Figure 207 Windows 95 98 Me Network C Network onfiguration LPR for TCP IP Printing 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B TX Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y TCPAP gt 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B T Client for Microsoft Networks Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Adapter and then click Add 3 Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Protocol and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Configuring 1 Inthe Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab f your IP address is dynamic select O
10. LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this to enable bandwidth management on the WAN Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the WAN regardless of the traffic s source Speed Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using bandwidth management The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the WAN interface speed to 1000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 1 Mbps You can set this number higher than the interface s actual transmission speed This will stop lower priority traffic from being sent if higher priority traffic uses all of the actual bandwidth You can also set this number lower than the interface s actual transmission speed If you do not enable Max Bandwidth Usage this will cause the ZyXEL Device to not use some of the interface s available bandwidth This field is not affected by the Bandwidth Management Wizard Scheduler Select Priority Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities Select Fairness Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally Maximize Bandwidth Usage Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to divide any unallocated and unused bandwidth among bandwidth classes that require bandwidth Clear this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth class or if you
11. P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 287 Appendix A Product Specifications 288 Table 130 Firmware Features FEATURE DESCRIPTION Device Management Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on the ZyXEL Device Firmware Upgrade Download new firmware when available from the ZyXEL web site and use the web configurator an FTP or a TFTP tool to put it on the ZyXEL Device Note Only upload firmware for your specific model VoIP The ZyXEL Device serves as a VoIP gateway allowing you to make calls via a SIP server or via an IP address of a peer device It also supports VoIP trunking allowing you to save on long distance calls by creating links between VoIP and PSTN network DECT GAP Base Station The ZyXEL Device has a built in DECT GAP profile base station which allows you to register up to 6 DECT GAP phones with it and use them to make internal VoIP or PSTN calls USB File Print Server The ZyXEL Device allows you to plug in a USB file storage device or a USB printer making them available to all the users on your local area network IEEE 802 119 Wireless LAN The ZyXEL Device can serve as an IEEE 802 119 wireless access point Expand your network by allowing IEEE 802 11g and IEEE 802 11b devices to connect to your network Wireless Security The ZyXEL Device supports WEP encryption for basic security as well as WPA and WPA2 security standards
12. Do you wantto start OTIST function No Don t show me this window again 2 Ifan OTIST enabled wireless device loses its wireless connection for more than ten seconds it will search for an OTIST enabled AP for up to one minute If you manually have the wireless device search for an OTIST enabled AP there is no timeout click Cancel in the OTIST progress screen to stop the search 3 Afterthe wireless device finds an OTIST enabled AP you must click Start in the ZyXEL Device s Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST screen or hold in the Reset button on the ZyXEL Device for one or two seconds to transfer the settings again 4 If you change the SSID or the keys on the ZyXEL Devices after using OTIST you need to run OTIST again or enter them manually in the wireless device s 5 Ifyou configure OTIST to generate a WPA PSK key this key changes each time you run OTIST Therefore if a new wireless device Joins your wireless network you need to run OTIST on the AP and ALL wireless devices again 5 6 MAC Filter To change your ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings click Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC Filter The screen appears as shown P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN Figure 47 MAC Address Filter MAC Filter MAC Address Filter Active Filter Action Allow C Deny Set MAC Address set MAC Address 1 pxoooo000000 17 oo 00 00 00 00 00 18 oo 00 00 00
13. eessseeeeeeeeen nennen nnns 317 Figure 220 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Ethernet Device General enne nnn nenas 318 Figure 221 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS nnne then nta ee 318 Figure 222 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate cccsccccccssscceceesssnceeeessesseeeeestaees 319 Figure 223 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO ssssssssssss 219 Figure 224 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO sssssseeeeee 319 Figure 225 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings in resolv conf essences nnn nita na nno th nana uaa 320 Figure 226 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Elhemet Card Loss ken br bo en epo vene cppP Ene EHE epe opp var app p E EUUE 320 Figure 227 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties ism nnn rne rone tanen enne 320 Figure 228 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions sses 323 Figure 229 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Example sss 324 Figure 230 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example cccccccccessecccceeseeeccceeteeeecaenseeeaes 324 Figure 231 Internal SP IGEN FTP Download Example i c patei artt eb ER UY oca Hber Paro ErEee dk bripas 325 Figure 232 Intemal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example necesse etie tenia era beh Con FEY erba ExpP bx be Eur deer nen 325 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide List of Tables List of Tables Tab T LEDU DSGI IONS qatsssntsiteosdenciedam seti G
14. BS DO NOT alter or delete any field except parameters in the Input column This appendix introduces Internal SPTGEN All menus shown in this appendix are example menus meant to show SPTGEN usage Actual menus for your product may differ Internal SPTGEN File Modification Important Points to Remember Each parameter you enter must be preceded by one sign and one space Some parameters are dependent on others For example if you disable the Configured field in menu 1 see Figure 228 on page 323 then you disable every field in this menu If you enter a parameter that 1s invalid in the Input column the ZyXEL Device will not save the configuration and the command line will display the Field Identification Number Figure 229 on page 324 shown next is an example of what the ZyXEL Device displays if you enter a value other than 0 or 1 in the Input column of Field Identification Number 1000000 refer to Figure 228 on page 323 Figure 229 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Example field value is not legal error 1 ROM t is not saved error Line ID 10000000 reboot to get the original configuration Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 The ZyXEL Device will display the following if you enter parameter s that are valid Figure 230 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example Please wait for the system to write SPT text file ROM t
15. Default Gateway Address OK 3 Cancel f you have a dynamic IP address click Automatically obtain IP address settings with and select dhep from the drop down list f you have a static IP address click Statically set IP Addresses and fill in the Address Subnet mask and Default Gateway Address fields Click OK to save the changes and close the Ethernet Device General screen 4 If you know your DNS server IP address es click the DNS tab in the Network Configuration screen Enter the DNS server information in the fields provided Co Figure 221 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS File Profile Help 689 New Edit Copy Delete Devices Hardware DNS Hosts You may configure the system s hostname domain name servers and search domain Name servers are used to look up other hosts on the network Hostname Primary DNS Secondary DNS Tertiary DNS DNS Search Path 5 Click the Devices tab 6 Click the Activate button to apply the changes The following screen displays Click Yes to save the changes in all screens P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 222 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate hv eT SU ex redhat config network You have made some changes in your configuration To
16. P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 7 Login Screen P 2302HWUDL P1 4 Type 1234 default as the password and click Login In some versions the default password appears automatically if this is the case click Login The Change Password screen appears Figure 8 Change Password Screen Please enter a new password 5 It is highly recommended to change your password To change your password type a new password retype it to confirm it and click Apply Otherwise click Ignore if you do not want to change your password right now The Options screen should appear P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 9 Select Mode Screen Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes Use Advanced mode if you need access to more advanced features not included i in Wizard mode 6 Inthe Options screen Click Go to Wizard setup if you are logging in for the first time or if you want to make basic changes See Chapter 3 on page 47 for more information Click Go to Advanced setup if you want to configure features that are not available in the wizards The
17. next to Any IP Table Figure 31 Any IP Table Window Any IP TABLE SS UU Refresh Each field is described in the following table Table 23 Any IP Table Window LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value It is not associated with a specific entry IP Address This field displays the IP address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of the computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this to update this screen 4 3 DHCP Table Window To access this screen open the Status screen see Section 4 1 on page 67 and click Details next to DHCP Table Figure 32 DHCP Table Window DHCP Table SL a RENNES 192 168 1 33 tw11477 02 00 50 8d 48 59 1f Refresh Each field is described in the following table Table 24 DHCP Table Window LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value It is not associated with a specific entry IP Address This field displays the IP address the ZyXEL Device assigned to a computer in the network Host Name This field displays the system name of the computer to which the ZyXEL Device assigned the IP address P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Table 24 DHCP Table Window LABEL DESCRIPTION MAC Address This field
18. 2 3 1 Reset Button and WLAN You can also use the RESET button to turn on off your wireless network Press the RESET button for 1 second to turn on off the WLAN 2 4 Web Configurator Main Screen Figure 10 Main Screen ZyXEL e gt efresh Interval None z Refresh Now SS Status Device Information System Status System Name P2302HWUDL P1 System Up Time 0 17 46 Firmware Version V3 60 AJD 0 b4 09 02 2006 Current Date Time 2000 01 01 00 17 43 WAN Information System Resource IP Address 172 23 37 208 CPU Usage 7 02 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Memory Usage 23 DHCP None IVR Usage 1 of 127 Sec LAN Information IP Address 192 168 1 5 Wireless LAN IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Interface Status P DHCP Server WLAN Information oe ee a ANNI ee E j WAN Up 100M Full LAN Up 100M Full Security Mode WLAN Up 54M Summary T Message Qt i M As illustrated above the main screen is divided into these parts A title bar B navigation panel C main window D status bar P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 4 1 Title Bar The title bar provides some icons in the upper right corner The icons provide the following functions Table 2 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar ICON DESCRIPTION Wizards Click this icon to open one of the web configurator wizards See Chapter 3
19. Chapter 11 Phone Book 11 1 2 Speed Dial Screen Speed dial provides shortcuts for dialing frequently used VoIP phone numbers You also have to create speed dial entries if you want to make peer to peer calls or call SIP numbers that use letters Use this screen to add edit or remove speed dial entries To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Speed Dial In peer to peer calls you call another VoIP device directly without going through a SIP server In the ZyXEL Device you must set up a speed dial entry in the phone book in order to do this Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL in the Type column and enter the callee s IP address or domain name The ZyXEL Device sends SIP INVITE requests to the peer VoIP device when you use the speed dial entry You do not need to configure a SIP account in order to make a peer to peer VoIP call You can also create speed dial entries for frequently used SIP phone numbers VoIP gt Phone Speed Dial Speed Dial Speed Dial Number Name Type Use Proxy 01 z C Non Proxy Use IP or URL Speed Dial Phone Book i oS a 01 BPO i r EP OG B BPO EP GI BA wi BPO EP EP GI Cancel Book gt Speed Dial Each field is described in the following table Table 69 VolP gt Phone Book gt Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Speed Dial Use this section to create or edit speed dial entries Speed Dial Select the speed dial number you want to use for this pho
20. DESCRIPTION ISP Parameters for Internet Access Encapsulation Select Ethernet Ethernet encapsulation with Service Type set to Standard is typically used if you are extending your existing network Service Type Select Standard WAN IP Address Assignment Get automatically Select this if your ISP did not assign you a static IP address or if you want another from ISP DHCP server to assign an IP address to the ZyXEL Device Use Fixed IP Select this if your ISP assigned you a static IP address Address IP Address Enter the IP address provided by your ISP IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP Gateway IP Enter the gateway provided by your ISP If your ISP did not provide one leave it Address blank WAN MAC Address Spoof WAN MAC Address Select this if you do not want to use the default MAC address for the ZyXEL Device Clone the This field is enabled if you select Spoof WAN MAC Address computers MAC Enter the IP address of the computer whose MAC address you want the ZyXEL address IP Device to use instead of the default MAC address Address Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 6 2 2 WAN Internet Connection Screen Roadrunner Use this screen to set up an Ethernet connection using Roadrunner service with the ISP
21. Server IP Address Apply Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 121 Chapter 8 NAT Each field is described in the following table Table 52 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this to enable this rule Clear this to disable this rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this rule You can use 1 31 printable ASCII characters or you can leave this field blank It does not have to be a unique name Start Port Enter the port number or range of port numbers you want to forward to the End Port specified server To forward one port number enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields To forward a range of ports enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server to which to forward packets for the selected port number s This server is usually on the LAN Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 8 2 4 NAT Trigger Port Screen Use this screen to maintain port triggering rules in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Network gt NAT gt Trigger Port Figure 66 Network gt NAT gt Trigger Port Trigger Port Port Triggering Rules ne mmm
22. Start Port End Port Start Port End Port 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a TTT E TITT TITT TITT Apply Cancel 122 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 NAT Each field is described in the following table Table 53 Network gt NAT gt Trigger Port LABEL DESCRIPTION Name Enter a name to identify this rule You can use 1 15 printable ASCII characters or you can leave this field blank It does not have to be a unique name Incoming Start Port Enter the incoming port number or range of port numbers you want to forward to End Port the IP address the ZyXEL Device records To forward one port number enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields To forward a range of ports enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field If you want to delete this rule enter zero in the Start Port and End Port fields Trigger Start Port Enter the outgoing port number or range of port numbers that makes the ZyXEL End Port Device record the source IP address and assign it to the selected incoming port number s To select one port number enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields To select a range of ports enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field If you want to delete this
23. e ftp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp put rom t ftp gt bye P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 325 Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Example Internal SPTGEN Menus This section provides example Internal SPTGEN menus Table 144 Abbre viations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table ABBREVIATION MEANING FIN Field Identification Number FN Field Name PVA Parameter Values Allowed INPUT An example of what you may enter Applies to the ZyXEL Device Table 145 Menu 1 General Setup Menu 1 General Setup EL FN PVA INPUT 10000000 Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 10000001 System Name lt Str gt Your Device 10000002 Location lt Str gt 10000003 Contact Person s Name lt Str gt 10000004 Route IP lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000006 Bridge lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 146 Menu 3 Menu 3 1 General Ethernet Setup FIN E PVA INPUT 30100001 Input Protocol filters Set 1 2 30100002 Input Protocol filters Set 2 256 30100003 Input Protocol filters Set 3 256 30100004 Input Protocol filters Set 4 256 30100005 Input device filters
24. on page 47 for more information g Logout Click this icon to log out of the web configurator 2 4 2 Navigation Panel Use the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure ZyXEL Device features The following tables describe each menu item Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Status This screen contains administrative and system related information Network Wireless LAN General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN authentication security settings OTIST Use this screen to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients MAC Filter Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to specific wireless clients or exclude specific wireless clients from accessing the ZyXEL Device Advanced Use this screen to configure wireless features such as the transmission mode WAN Internet Use this screen to set up ISP parameters IP addresses and MAC Connection addresses Advanced Use this screen to set up DNS RIP multicasting and Windows Networking for your WAN port Traffic Redirect Use this screen to specify up a backup gateway in case the main one is not available LAN IP Use this screen to set up your LAN s IP address and subnet mask DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s DHCP server and DNS server settings Static DHCP Use this screen to assign static IP
25. Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 8 2 2 NAT Port Forwarding Screen Use this screen to look at the current port forwarding rules in the ZyXEL Device and to enable disable activate and deactivate each one You can also set up a default server to handle ports not covered by rules To access this screen click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding Figure 64 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server Port Forwarding o 0 0 0 eae as ee ETUR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 z WU UG UO UR UR Eb B B E B E E B B EB B ce co Qoo uo os Oc oco ooo oo g Apply Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 NAT Each field is described in the following table Table 51 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server Enter the IP address of the server to which the ZyXEL Device should forward packets for ports that are not specified in the Port Forwarding section below or in the Management gt Remote MGMT screens Enter 0 0 0 0 if you want the ZyXEL Device to discard these packets instead Port Forwarding This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific rule The sequence is important however The ZyXEL De
26. Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 2 3 ISP Parameters This screen depends on the Connection Type you select 3 2 3 1 Ethernet BS You cannot use the Connection Wizard if you subscribe to a Roadrunner service You must use the screens discussed in Chapter 6 on page 95 instead Figure 14 Connection Wizard gt ISP Parameters Ethernet Connection Wizard i ae a pan e PS EIS fli Internet Configuration Enter your Interne Connection Type The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 7 Connection Wizard gt ISP Parameters Ethernet LABEL DESCRIPTION Connection Type Select Ethernet Back Click this to go to the previous screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup Table 7 Connection Wizard gt ISP Parameters Ethernet LABEL DESCRIPTION Next gt Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 2 3 2 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE functions as a dial up connection PPPoE is an IETF Internet Engineering Task Force standard specifying how a host personal computer interacts with a broadband modem for example DSL cable wireless etc to achieve access to high speed data networks BS Y
27. Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Get rom t file The command get transfers files from the ZyXEL Device to your computer The name rom t is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL Device 4 Edit the rom t file using a text editor do not use a word processor You must leave this FTP screen to edit P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Figure 231 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example e ftp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp gt get rom t ftp gt bye c edit rom t edit the rom t text file by a text editor and save it LES You can rename your rom t file when you save it to your computer but it must be named rom t when you upload it to your ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Upload your rom t file from your computer to the ZyXEL Device using the put command computer to the ZyXEL Device 4 Exit this FTP application Figure 232 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example
28. EDIT CLASS Enable Bandwidth Filter Application None x Destination IP Address Destination Subnet Mask Destination Port 0 Source IP Address Source Subnet Mask Source Port 0 Protocol ID ia Apply Cancel See Appendix G on page 339 for examples of services for which you might create bandwidth classes Each field is described in the following table Table 92 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION This section lets you set the budget and priority for this class Class Name Finish the auto generated name or enter a descriptive name up to 20 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are allowed Bandwidth Budget Enter the maximum bandwidth for the class in kbps The recommendation is 20 20000 kbps for each class Priority Enter the priority of this class The higher the number the higher the priority Legal values are 0 7 The default setting is 3 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT Table 92 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Borrow bandwidth from parent class Select this option to allow a sub class to borrow bandwidth from its parent class if the parent class is not using up its bandwidth budget Bandwidth borrowing is governed by the priority of the sub classes That is a sub class with the highest priority 7 is the first to borrow bandwidth from its parent
29. In order to use your DECT phone with the ZyXEL Device the DECT phone must register with the ZyXEL Device s DECT base station Follow these steps to register your DECT phone with the ZyXEL Device 1 Press down the DECT base station button A on top of your ZyXEL Device for 6 to 11 seconds to put the ZyXEL Device in registration mode Registration mode refers to the state of the ZyXEL Device when it is scanning for DECT phones in its surrounding area The ZyXEL Device stays in registration mode for 30 seconds LES If you press the DECT base station button for 12 seconds or more the DECT base station resets and all previously registered DECT phones must be re registered P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone Figure 79 DECT Base Station Button Top of the ZyXEL Device E J mne 2 Put your DECT phone in registration mode Refer to your DECT phone documentation When the ZyXEL Device is in registration mode it scans its surrounding area for DECT phones in registration mode Figure 80 DECT Base Station Phone Registration Witt ES Make sure your DECT phone is within range of the ZyXEL Device during the registration process See Appendix A on page 287 for the range of your ZyXEL Device 3 Enter the Personal Identification Number PIN in the DECT phone When a ZyXEL Device d
30. Table 104 Management gt File Sharing LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable File Select this to enable file sharing through the ZyXEL Device Sharing Services Workgroup Name You can add the ZyXEL Device to an existing workgroup on your network Type the name of an existing workgroup on your network The ZyXEL Device automatically joins this workgroup and you can browse to it via Windows Explorer See Section 21 2 1 on page 244 for more information Note If the workgroup name is not entered exactly the same as the workgroup name to which your computer belongs to browsing via the network neighborhood will not work System Code Select the character set of the files contained on your storage device For Page example if your files were created on an operating system which used the Russian alphabet select cp866 Russian If the file or folder names on your USB storage device appear as unrecognizable or jumbled characters you should double check this setting to make sure it is set correctly Active Check or uncheck this box to activate or deactivate the user account Note If you deactivate the account you deactivate the file sharing feature User Name Enter the user name of the account The user name can be 31 alpha numeric characters long Password Enter the password for this account The password can be 99 alpha numeric characters long Retype to Confirm Retype the password P
31. The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port ip spoofing WAN ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN type d code d port icmp echo ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack type d code d syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP code d type d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing entry TCP ESP GRE no routing UDP IGMP OSPF The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack traceroute ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack ports scan UDP The firewall detected a UDP port scan attack Firewall sent TCP packet in response to DoS attack TCP The firewall sent TCP packet in respo
32. To configure advanced wireless settings click the Advanced Setup button in the General screen The screen appears as shown Figure 48 Wireless LAN Advanced Advanced Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold 2432 0 2432 Fragmentation Threshold 2432 256 2432 802 11 Mode 802 116 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Enter a value between 0 and 2432 Threshold Fragmentation Itis the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value between 256 Threshold and 2432 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11b g to allow either IEEE 802 11b or IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide WAN Use these screens to set up the ZyXEL Device on the WAN You can configure the Internet connection DNS servers and how the ZyXEL De
33. 0 0 0 0 address 210201005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210201006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port 137 210201007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210201008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210201009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210201010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port 0 210201011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210201013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210201014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 2 Filter set 2 rule 2 FI F PVA INPUT 210202001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Type 0 none 2 TCP 2 IP gt 210202002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt Ex 210202003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210202004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210202005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210202006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210202007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210202008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210202009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Subnet 0 Mask P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendi
34. 2 Required 1 No Access Allowed 2 No Authentication Required gt 230400002 ReAuthentication Timer in second 555 230400003 Idle Timeout in second 999 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 152 Menu 23 System Menus continued 230400004 Authentication Databases lt 0 Local User 1 Database Only 1 RADIUS Only 2 Local RADIUS 3 RADIUS Local gt 230400005 Key Management Protocol 0 8021x 1 WPA 0 2 WPAPSK gt 230400006 Dynamic WEP Key Exchange lt 0 Disable 1 64 0 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 230400007 PSK 230400008 WPA Mixed Mode lt 0 Disable 0 1 Enable gt 230400009 Data Privacy for Broadcast lt 0 TKIP 1 WEP gt 0 Multicast packets 230400010 WPA Broadcast Multicast Key Update 0 Timer Table 153 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control Menu 24 11 Remot anagement Control FIN F PVA INPUT 241100001 TELNET Server Port 23 241100002 TELNET Server Access 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100003 TELNET Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100004 FTP Server Port 21 241100005 FTP Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100006 FTP Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100007 WEB Server
35. 255 255 255 0 24 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 25 1000 0000 128 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 136 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation continued sumerweek AUR T exer SERRE 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 27 1110 0000 224 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 29 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 Subnetting You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub networks In the following example a network administrator creates two sub networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons In this example the company network address is 192 168 1 0 The first three octets of the address 192 168 1 are the network number and the remaining octet is the host ID allowing a maximum of 2 2 or 254 possible hosts The following figure shows the company network before subnetting Figure 205 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting Gc EB M i i I I mi a Y 1 Internet t JU H Ol I li I li I lil I 0 I li y 192 168 1 0 24 a a LE E Amo m um um m um Um Um Em Em um um You can borrow one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate sub networks The subnet mask is now 25 bits 255 255 255 128 or 25 The borrowed host ID bit can have a value of eith
36. A peer to peer call doesn t require any authentication however authentication is required when you request the remote peer device to forward a call The remote peer device has a list of accounts each consisting of a username and password which are allowed to use the remote peer device to forward calls These accounts make up an incoming authentication list The local peer device has a corresponding list of outgoing authentication accounts These accounts consist of the IP address of a remote peer device the port number to communicate over as well as a username and password to use for authentication An outgoing authentication account must match an incoming authentication account s username and password in order for the remote device to forward calls The following table shows example entries for incoming and outgoing authentication The bolded entries must match in order for authentication between two peer devices to occur Table 71 Matching Incoming and Outgoing Authentication ACCOUNT DETAILS LOCAL PEER DEVICE REMOTE PEER DEVICE Outgoing Authentication Username localDeviceA localDeviceB Password passwordA passwordB Incoming Authentication Username userone localDeviceA Password userpassword passwordA P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking 13 3 Call Rules Call rules automate the forwarding of calls first to a remote peer device and then to PSTN phones This is us
37. Assign real time applications like those using audio or video a higher priority number to provide smoother operation The ZyXEL Device divides bandwidth equally among bandwidth classes when using the fairness based scheduler thus preventing one bandwidth class from using all of the interface s bandwidth 17 1 7 Maximize Bandwidth Usage This option allows the ZyXEL Device to divide up any available bandwidth on the interface including unallocated bandwidth and any allocated bandwidth that a class is not using among the bandwidth classes that require more bandwidth When you enable maximize bandwidth usage the ZyXEL Device first makes sure that each bandwidth class gets up to its bandwidth allotment Next the ZyXEL Device divides up an interface s available bandwidth bandwidth that is unbudgeted or unused by the classes depending on how many bandwidth classes require more bandwidth and on their priority levels When only one class requires more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives extra bandwidth to that class When multiple classes require more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives the highest priority classes the available bandwidth first as much as they require if there is enough available bandwidth and then to lower priority classes if there is still bandwidth available The ZyXEL Device distributes the available bandwidth equally among classes with the same priority level 17 1 7 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traf
38. Device to support WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK simultaneously Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols ReAuthentication Timer in seconds Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key Update Timer The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also su
39. Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device 19 1 2 NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following Dynamic port mapping Learning public IP addresses Assigning lease times to mappings Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See Chapter 8 on page 117 for further information about NAT 19 1 3 Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 217 Chapter 19 UPnP All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention 19 1 4 UPnP an
40. Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network Accounting Server optional IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external accounting server The default port number is 1813 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network 5 5 OTIST Screen Use this screen to set up and start OTIST on the ZyXEL Device in your wireless network To open this screen click Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST Figure 42 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST Setup Key foo Kuud One Touch Intelligent Security Technology M Yes Please enhance the Wireless Security Level to WPA PSK automatically if no WLAN security has been set This will generate a random PSK key for your convenience or 234567 Start P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireles
41. IP Policies Set 3 1 12 256 30200016 IP Policies Set 4 1 12 256 Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup FIN F PVA INPUT 30201001 IP Alias 1 lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30201002 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201003 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201004 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201005 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201006 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 1 30201007 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 2 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 327 Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 146 Menu 3 30201008 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201009 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201010 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201011 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201012 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201013 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201014 IP Alias 2 lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 30201015 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201016 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201017 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201018 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201019 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 2
42. P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Figure 92 VolP gt Trunking gt Peer Call Peer Call Call Rul General Dutgoin a a J g Authentication m p p Incoming Authentication nS RITU SE oop Each field is described in the following table Table 74 VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call LABEL DESCRIPTION Outgoing You need to set up accounts for the peer devices you use in VoIP trunking This is Authentication the IP address of the remote peer device as well as the username and password needed to authenticate with the remote peer device This is an index number of your outgoing authentication accounts Name Enter a descriptive name for the remote peer device of this account For example if the peer device is located in London you might enter London as the account name This name is used when you configure call rules in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rules screen Username Enter the username needed to authenticate at the remote peer device The remote peer device must have the same username in an incoming authentication entry in order to authenticate your connection Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Table 74 VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Password Enter the corresponding
43. Q QoS 133 289 and VoIP 127 133 134 139 QoS Quality of Service 133 Quality of Service see QoS 133 R RADIUS 81 86 and WLAN 80 86 Real Time Transport RTP 130 recommendations for security 180 recording custom tones 132 redirect server and SIP 129 register server and SIP 130 registration product 345 related documentation 3 remote management 209 and LAN 209 and NAT 209 and WAN 209 limitations 209 priorities 209 security 215 web configurator 210 required bandwidth and VoIP 132 reserving bandwidth 199 RESET button 42 276 resetting the time 258 resetting to factory defaults 41 restoring configuration 275 restrict web features 188 RFC 1305 259 RFC 1466 96 RFC 1597 96 RFC 1889 130 RFC 2516 95 RFC 3489 131 RFC 3842 132 RFC 867 259 RFC 868 259 RIP and LAN 107 direction 107 versions 107 RIP Routing Information Protocol 107 Roadrunner 98 router features 35 routing 107 109 193 Routing Information Protocol see RIP 107 RTP Real Time Transport 130 S safety warnings 6 scheduler and bandwidth management 198 security alert settings 261 data screening 179 DECT phone 148 firewall 179 guidelines 180 remote management 215 service mode and analog telephone 142 Service Set IDentity see SSID 79 Session Initiation Protocol see SIP 127 sharing files 244 silence suppression and VoIP 141 silence suppression phone feature 289 silent packets and VAD 141 Simple Network Manageme
44. SUA Server 9 Port Start 0 150000040 SUA Server 9 Port End 0 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 149 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup continued 150000041 SUA Server 9 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000042 SUA Server 10 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000043 SUA Server 10 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000044 SUA Server 10 Port Start 0 150000045 SUA Server 10 Port End 0 150000046 SUA Server 10 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000047 SUA Server L Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000048 SUA Server Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000049 SUA Server Port Start 0 150000050 SUA Server Port End 0 150000051 SUA Server Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000052 SUA Server 12 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000053 SUA Server 12 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 50000054 SUA Server 12 Port Start 0 150000055 SUA Server 12 Port End 0 150000056 SUA Server 12 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 Table 150 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 Menu 21 Filter set 1 FI FN PVA INPUT 210100001 Filter Set 1 Name Str Menu 21 1 1 1 set 1 rule 1 EL F PVA INPUT 210
45. The ZyXEL Device only receives routing information on the subnet Out Only The ZyXEL Device only sends routing information on the subnet RIP Version Select which version of RIP the ZyXEL Device uses when it sends or receives information on the subnet RIP 1 The ZyXEL Device uses RIPv1 to exchange routing information RIP 2B The ZyXEL Device broadcasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information RIP 2M The ZyXEL Device multicasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information IP Alias 2 IP Alias 2 Select this to add the specified subnet to the LAN port IP Address Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device on the subnet IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask of the subnet P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 113 Chapter 7 LAN Table 48 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP Direction Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device sends and receives on the subnet None The ZyXEL Device does not send or receive routing information on the subnet Both The ZyXEL Device sends and receives routing information on the subnet In Only The ZyXEL Device only receives routing information on the subnet Out Only The ZyXEL Device only sends routing information on the subnet RIP Version Select which version of RIP the ZyXEL Device uses when it sends or receives information on the subnet RIP 1 The ZyXEL Device uses RIPv1 to exchange routing informat
46. The remote peer device confirms that the username and password match an account in its incoming authentication list p The remote peer device forwards the call to Sales1 r Sales1 picks up and the call commences 20 ee 13 9 VoIP Trunking Example PSTN to PSTN via VoIP This example shows how to configure a PSTN to PSTN call with a VoIP link It also shows how call rules can be used to automate VoIP trunking P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking 13 9 1 Background Information A company has its headquarters in two different cities The sales manager A from headquarters often needs to call salespeople D employed at the branch office The sales manager often works away from the headquarters office and the sales employees often work away from the branch office The sales manager and the sales employees have PSTN phones mobile or land based The two offices have VoIP trunking devices The sales manager wants to use VoIP trunking to save on calls to his sales team The head office has a ZyXEL Device B with a PSTN line tel 222 222 2222 connected to it The branch office has a ZyXEL Device C with a public IP address w x y z The sales employee D has a PSTN phone with the number 555 555 4321 Figure 98 PSTN to PSTN Example D an NER P i B Internet 1 222 222 2222 IP W X Y Z
47. This makes it easier to manage bandwidth for SIP traffic and is useful for example when there is a VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol device on your LAN Destination IP Enter the destination IP address Address Destination This field is effective if you specify a Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Enter the destination subnet mask Destination Port Enter the destination port number Source IP Address Enter the source IP address Source Subnet Mask This field is effective if you specify a Source IP Address Enter the source subnet mask Source Port Enter the source port number Protocol ID Enter the IP protocol number service type for example 1 for ICMP 6 for TCP or 17 for UDP Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 17 2 4 Bandwidth Monitor Screen Use this screen to look at the device s bandwidth usage and allocation To access this screen click Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 207 Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT Figure 118 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor Monitor Interface LAN i ae Budget kbps Current Usage Kbps Root Class 100000 190 LAN 1 100 Default Class 99900 190 Refresh Each field is described in the following table Table 93 Management gt B
48. Timeout sec Eo in seconds Traffic Redirect Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Each field is described in the following table Table 43 Network gt WAN gt Traffic Redirect LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this to set up a backup gateway in case the default gateway is not available For example this might happen if the Internet connection goes down Clear this if you do not have a backup gateway Backup Gateway Enter the IP address of the backup gateway The ZyXEL Device automatically IP Address uses this gateway if the default gateway is not available anymore Check WAN IP Enter the IP address of a reliable nearby computer the ZyXEL Device uses to test Address whether or not the default gateway is available anymore For example use one of your ISP s DNS server addresses If you enter 0 0 0 0 the test fails each time Fail Tolerance Enter the number of consecutive times the ZyXEL Device may attempt and fail to find the reliable nearby computer at Check WAN IP Address before it starts using the backup gateway 2 5 are typical choices Period sec Enter the number of seconds between attempts to find the reliable nearby computer at Check WAN IP Address 5 60 are typical choices Timeout sec Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device waits for a response from the reliable nearby computer at Check WAN IP Address before the attempt is a
49. To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It is recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country Registration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix H Legal Information P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Customer Support Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support Required Information Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it Corporate Headquarters Worldwide Support E mail support zyxel com tw Sales E mail sales zyxel com tw Telephone 886 3 578 3942 Fax 886 3 578 2439 Web Site www zyxel com www europe zyxel com FTP Site f
50. Use these screens to set up your SIP accounts and to configure QoS settings 9 1 SIP Overview 9 1 1 Introduction to VoIP VoIP Voice over IP is the sending of voice signals over the Internet Protocol This allows you to make phone calls and send faxes over the Internet at a fraction of the cost of using the traditional circuit switched telephone network You can also use servers to run telephone service applications like PBX services and voice mail Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP companies provide VoIP service A company could alternatively set up an IP PBX and provide it s own VoIP service Circuit switched telephone networks require 64 kilobits per second kbps in each direction to handle a telephone call VoIP can use advanced voice coding techniques with compression to reduce the required bandwidth 9 1 2 Introduction to SIP The Session Initiation Protocol SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP signaling is separate from the media for which it handles sessions The media that is exchanged during the session can use a different path from that of the signaling SIP handles telephone calls and can interface with traditional circuit switched telephone networks 9 1 3 SIP Identities A SIP account uses an identity sometimes referred to as a SIP address A complete SIP identity is called a
51. You can also use OTIST to easily configure your wireless security on both your ZyXEL Device and compatible wireless clients MAC Address Filter Allow or deny access to your wired or wireless network based on the MAC addresses of the computers communicating with your network Any IP The Any IP feature allows a computer to access the Internet and the ZyXEL Device without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Configuration Backup amp Restoration Make a copy of the ZyXEL Device s configuration and put it back on the ZyXEL Device later if you decide you want to revert back to an earlier configuration Network Address Translation NAT Each computer on your network must have its own unique IP address Use NAT to convert a single public IP address to multiple private IP addresses for the computers on your network Port Forwarding If you have a server mail or web server for example on your network then use this feature to let people access it from the Internet DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Use this feature to have the ZyXEL Device assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to computers on your network Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS Domain Name System support you can use a fixed URL www zyxel com for example with a dynamic IP addr
52. authentication is similar to using a calling card with a PIN Personal Identification Number Your ZyXEL Device can be configured so that it prompts callers to enter a PIN via the phone pad in order to process any call forwarding requests P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Other settings controlled by the auto attendant include a time limit to decide whether you want to forward a call from the ZyXEL Device or call the phone directly connected to the ZyXEL Device When you call into your ZyXEL Device you can request to forward a call to another phone number simply by dialing that number If you don t dial any number within a specified time limit for example 5 seconds then the phone directly connected to the ZyXEL Device rings It also controls the time limit you have between dialing digits of a phone number 13 2 2 Peer Call Authentication VoIP devices can make peer calls to each other by using the IP address instead of a SIP number to establish a call The advantage of this is that you do not need to pay a VoIP service provider VoIP devices that connect using an IP address are referred to here as peer devices A local peer device is where the VoIP call originates and a remote peer device is where the VoIP call ends In the following figure local peer device A connects to a remote peer device B via the IP address of B Figure 87 Peer Devices Connecting A B IPza b c d Internet mee
53. class Do not select this for the classes directly below the root class if you want to leave bandwidth available for other traffic types see Section 17 1 7 1 on page 199 or you want to set the interface s speed to match what the next device in network can handle see the Speed field description in the Bandwidth Management Summary Screen This section lets you set criteria that are used to identify which traffic is managed in this class and which traffic is not managed in this class If you leave the default value in a field there is no restriction for that criteria Enable Bandwidth Filter Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use at least one of the following filter criteria when it manages bandwidth You must enter a value in at least one of the following fields The Subnet Mask fields are only available when you enter the destination or source IP address Application Select a pre defined application If you select a predefined application do not set up the other filter criteria FTP File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail Select this to configure the bandwidth filter for FTP traffic SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging events notification and conferencing The ZyXEL Device supports SIP traffic pass through Select this to configure this bandwidth filter for SIP traffic
54. failure 3 50 are typical choices but this number should be less than the Period Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide LAN Use these screens to set up the ZyXEL Device on the LAN You can configure its IP address and subnet mask DHCP services and other subnets You can also control how the ZyXEL Device sends routing information using RIP and you can enable and disable Any IP 7 1 LAN Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is usually a computer network limited to the immediate area such as the same building or floor of a building IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network nu
55. is online and ready to print Printing A computer on the print server network is executed a print job PaperOut The printer loading tray has no paper to perform the printing job Offline The computers in the print server network cannot use the print server Make sure a USB v1 1 compliant printer is connected to the ZyXEL Device s USB port and powered on Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to configure the Print Device Name afresh 20 5 Adding a New Printer Example 1 Open your Printers folder and double click Add Printer Figure 152 Printers Folder REE Ele Edit view Favorites Tools Help Back gt gt S3 QQsearh yFolders C WS GS X x EA This Folder contains information about printers that are currently installed and a wizard to help you install new printers To get information about a printer that is currently installed right click the printer s icon To install a new printer click the Add Printer icon Select an item to view its Address Printers z Go Links P Acrobat Distiller 0 Ready Printers Qf Adobe PDF 0 Ready Qi Canon iR5000 6000 PCLSe 0 Ready description gt 4 m object s Nala 2 The Add Printer Wizard screen displays Click Next P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer
56. it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 The Internet Assigned Number Authority LANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise You must also enable Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet running only between two branch offices for example you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organ
57. 1A 03 715 Warszawa Poland Russia e Support http zyxel ru support Sales E mail sales zyxel ru Telephone 7 095 542 89 29 Fax 7 095 542 89 25 Web Site www zyxel ru Regular Mail ZyXEL Russia Ostrovityanova 37a Str Moscow 117279 Russia Support E mail support zyxel es Sales E mail sales zyxel es Telephone 34 902 195 420 Fax 34 913 005 345 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix Customer Support Web Site www zyxel es Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Arte 21 5 planta 28033 Madrid Spain Sweden Support E mail support zyxel se Sales E mail sales zyxel se Telephone 46 31 744 7700 Fax 46 31 744 7701 Web Site www zyxel se e Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg Sweden Ukraine Support E mail support ua zyxel com Sales E mail sales ua zyxel com Telephone 380 44 247 69 78 Fax 380 44 494 49 32 Web Site www ua zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Ukraine 13 Pimonenko Str Kiev 04050 Ukraine United Kingdom Support E mail support zyxel co uk Sales E mail sales zyxel co uk Telephone 444 1344 303044 08707 555779 UK only Fax 44 1344 303034 Web Site www zyxel co uk FTP Site ftp zyxel co uk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications UK Ltd 11 The Courtyard Eastern Road Bracknell Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK is the prefix number you dial to make an international t
58. 96 253 255 IP address pool 111 reserving IP addresses 111 server 110 setup 110 DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 106 DHCP clients 96 112 253 289 DHCP server 106 DHCP setup 106 Differentiated Services see DiffServ 133 DiffServ 133 289 marking rule 134 DiffServ Differentiated Services 133 DiffServ Code Points DSCPs 133 Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications See DECT 34 dimensions 287 disclaimer 343 DNS 106 and ISP 96 and LAN 107 111 and WAN 255 secondary 106 servers 96 102 106 DNS Domain Name System 53 domain name 50 253 Domain Name System DNS 53 DS field 133 DSCPs 133 DSCPs DiffServ Code Points 133 DTMF 138 and telephone keys 132 DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency 132 Dual Tone Multi Frequency see DTMF 132 Dynamic DNS 255 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol see DHCP 106 E echo cancellation and VoIP 141 emergency numbers 159 enabling WLAN 83 encapsulation and WAN 98 types of 98 encryption WEP 85 encryption and WLAN 81 encryption key 81 error logging 261 Ethernet 48 51 97 Ethernet ports 287 ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute 147 Europe type call service mode 142 event logs 261 ase P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Index F factory defaults 41 fairness based bandwidth management 200 FAT File Allocation Table 243 fax passthrough 289 FCC interference statement 343 File Allocation Table see FAT 243 f
59. ALL LAN and WAN LAN only Neither Disable To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Server Access field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 Telnet 2 HTTP 18 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when 1 You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens 2 TheIP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately 3 There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time 4 There is a firewall rule that blocks it 18 1 2 Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Remote MGMT Use the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN 18 1 3 System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management
60. Control Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy UDP IGMP ESP GRE lt Packet Direction gt TCP OSPF Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT UDP IGMP ESP lt Packet Direction gt GRE match TCP rule d Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access matched or did not match a configured firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule OSPF The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Triangle route packet forwarded TER UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF Packet without a NAT table entry blocked TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry message TCP Router sent blocked web site The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requested Sd Exceed maximum sessions per host The device blocked a session because the host s connections exceeded the maximum sessions per host Table 115 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per
61. DESCRIPTION Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide et Chapter 3 Wizard Setup 3 4 2 General Information Figure 26 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt General Information Bandwidth Management Wizard STEP 1 gt STEP2 f General Information E nent to traffic going through the c the am m Active Managed Bandwidth kbps kbps eck net gt en The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 18 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt General Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this to enable bandwidth management Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing through the router Managed Enter the total amount of traffic the device can send to the WAN It is Bandwidth kbps recommended to set this speed to what the device connected to the WAN can handle For example set this field to 1000 kbps if a broadband device connected to the WAN port has a maximum speed of 1000 kbps This does not affect the total amount of traffic the device can send to the LAN See Management Bandwidth MGMT Summary to do this Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the
62. DNS use The ZyXEL Device provides these IP addresses to DHCP clients You can Server specify these IP addresses two ways From ISP provide the DNS servers provided by the ISP on the WAN port User Defined enter a static IP address DNS Relay this setting will relay DNS information from the DNS server obtained by the ZyXEL Device None no DNS service will be provided by the ZyXEL Device Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 7 2 3 LAN Static DHCP Screen ES This screen has no effect if the DHCP server is not enabled You can enable it in Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup Use this screen to make the ZyXEL Device assign a specific IP address to a specific computer on the LAN To access this screen click Network gt LAN gt Static DHCP Figure 57 Network gt LAN gt Static DHCP Static DHCP Table Static DHCP s ac Address address 1 E boss 2 7 boos 3 po poss 4 p boos 5 T poos 6 4 boos 4 boos 8 T boos P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Each field is described in the following table Table 46 Network gt LAN gt Static DHCP LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value It is not associated with a specific entry MAC Address Enter the
63. Disk C Local Drive D Compact Disc E 4 Sys on Twnw3 F H User on Twutllvol2 N HS Temp on Twnw3lUtl T HS Apps on Twnw3 Uel Us H Volt on Twnw2 W H Dept on Twnw3 Develop x 31 9 Public on Twnw3lSys Z zi 1 object s Cancel Password Danan G 1 81 8 E E R HU HU mme D 21 5 2 Using the Run Utility to Share Files On your Windows 2000 computer click Start Run and type a double backslash followed by the IP address of the ZyXEL Device and click OK Figure 175 Run Utility to Browse Files CENE Type the name of a program folder document or D Internet resource and Windows will open it For you Al xl Cancel Browse The Run utility automatically opens Windows Explorer and displays the contents of the USB storage device connected to your ZyXEL Device 21 5 3 Using the Workgroup Name to Access Files BS Before using this method to access files you need to make sure that you have correctly configured the workgroup name in the File Sharing gt General screen See Section 21 2 1 on page 244 for more information The ZyXEL Device will not be accessible via the workgroup name if your local area network has restrictions set up that do not allow devices to join a workgroup In this case contact your network administrator P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 21 File Sharing Once the ZyXEL Devic
64. Figure 153 Add Printer Wizard Welcome Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections To continue click Next 3 Select Local printer and click Next Figure 154 Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer Local or Network Printer Is the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If itis attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer C Network printer lt Back Cancel 4 Select an LPT Line Printing Terminal port a parallel port as the computer interface for the USB printer P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 155 Add Printer Wizard Select the Printer Port Add Printer Wizard Select the Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port Pot Description Printer 4 Printer Port Printer Port Printer Port Serial Port Serial Port Serial Port zi Note Most computers use the LPT1 port to communicate with a local printer C Create a new port Type Local Port lt Back Cancel 5 Select the make of the printer that you want to connect to
65. Firewall Stateful Packet Inspection Prevent Denial of Service attacks such as Ping of Death SYN Flood LAND Smurf etc Real time E mail alerts Reports and logs Content Filtering Service blocking Web page blocking by URL keyword NAT SUA Port Forwarding 2048 NAT sessions Multimedia application PPTP under NAT SUA IPSec passthrough SIP ALG passthrough Static Routes 8 IP Power Adaptor Specifications Table 132 ZyXEL Device Power Adaptor Specifications NORTH AMERICAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model AA 161A Input Power AC 120Volts G0Hz 26W max Output Power AC 16Volts 1 0A Power Consumption 15 Watt Max Safety Standards oh ANSI UL 1310 CAN CSA C22 2 No EUROPEAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model AA 161ABN Input Power AC 230Volts 50Hz 140mA Output Power AC 16Volts 1 0A Power Consumption 15 Watt Max Safety Standards ITS GS CE EN 60950 1 UNITED KINGDOM PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model AA 161AD Input Power AC 240Volts 50Hz 140mA Output Power AC 16Volts 1 0A P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix A Product Specifications Table 132 ZyXEL Device Power Adaptor Specifications continued Power Consumption 15 Watt Max Safety Standards ITS GS BS EN 60950 1 AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model AA 161AE Input Power AC 240Volts 5
66. General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click Close OK in Windows 2000 NT to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Close the Network Connections window Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT 11 Restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 217 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu r1 Grab File Edit Capt About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software ee System Preferences Location P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 315 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 2 Click Network in the icon bar Select Automatic from the Location list Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list Click
67. Managing the ZyXEL Device Do the following things regularly to make the ZyXEL Device more secure and to manage the ZyXEL Device more effectively Change the password Use a password that s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of characters such as numbers and letters Write down the password and put it in a safe place Back up the configuration and make sure you know how to restore it Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even crashes If you forget your password you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings If you backed up an earlier configuration file you would not have to totally re configure the ZyXEL Device You could simply restore your last configuration 1 4 LEDs Lights The following graphic displays the labels of the LEDs P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Figure 6 LEDs c c c c c c c c c c None of the LEDs are on if the ZyXEL Device is not receiving power Table 1 LED Descriptions LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Green On The ZyXEL Device is receiving power and ready for use Blinking The ZyXEL Device is self testing Red On The ZyXEL Device detected an error while self testing or there is a device malfunction Off The ZyXEL Device is not receiving power ETHERNET Green On The ZyXEL Device has an Ethernet connecti
68. NAME or IP Address Log Facility Locali Active Log and Alert o 2 amp D10I CIL CI FIL CI SERI CIL CI CELTEI CIL RI RI Send immediate alert System Maintenance System Errors System Errors Access Control Access Control Blocked Web Sites TCP Reset Blocked Java etc Packet Filter Attacks ICMP Remote Management CDR PPP UPnP Forward Web Sites Blocked Web Sites Blocked Java etc Attacks Any IP SIP Each field is described in the following table Table 111 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Log Settings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server the ZyXEL Device should use to e mail logs and alerts Leave this field blank if you do not want to send logs or alerts by e mail P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 111 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Mail Subject Enter the subject line used in e mail messages the ZyXEL Device sends Send Log to Enter the e mail address to which log entries are sent by e mail Leave this field blank if you do not want to send logs by e mail Send Alerts to Enter the e mail address to which alerts are sent by e mail Leave this field blank if you do not want to send alerts by e mail Log Schedule Select the frequency with which the ZyXEL Device should send log messages by e mail Daily Weekly Hourly W
69. Overview You can configure the volume echo cancellation and VAD settings for each individual phone port on the ZyXEL Device You can also select which SIP account to use for making outgoing calls 10 1 1 Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Comfort Noise Voice Activity Detection VAD detects whether or not speech is present This lets the ZyXEL Device reduce the bandwidth that a call uses by not transmitting silent packets when you are not speaking When using VAD the ZyXEL Device generates comfort noise when the other party is not speaking The comfort noise lets you know that the line is still connected as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection 10 1 2 Echo Cancellation G 168 is an ITU T standard for eliminating the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk 10 1 3 Supplementary Phone Services Overview Supplementary services such as call hold call waiting call transfer are generally available from your VoIP service provider The ZyXEL Device supports the following services Call Hold Call Waiting Making a Second Call Call Transfer Call Forwarding Three Way Conference Internal Calls P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone BS To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available though the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoI
70. Phone gt Advanced 1 eminent nni mined eda 146 Table 64 DECT Phone Calls Summan 1uuesic pei orae rhon hk haha Dk hb had 149 Table 65 VolP Phone gt DECT PRONG iaceo r ioter terunt adt tert adt AAE kept t deze 151 Table OS VOIP Phone COMMON 152 Table br VIP Phone R siassredneii ert itnDS ac re IudasKE Ud dda ped REO rE ED Ra NK RE REID 153 Table 68 VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call PoliGy 1 rient ertt hemina 156 Table 69 VolP gt Phone BOOK gt Speed Dial 12 5 duke rtp pnr PERI Rehd LL DAR ENTIRE Ee nei e Lene 157 Table 0 VoIP PS IN Lite Goien Ne E 160 Table 71 Matching Incoming and Outgoing Authentication sssse em 162 iL Fe C O a qe CEPS 163 Table 73 VolP gt Trunking gt General eeu 165 Table 74 VolP gt Trunking gt Peer Call aus cres bedroht tues 166 Table 73 VolP gt Mankind Call ONS em 168 Table 76 VolP Trunking Call Progression cccccesccccsrscusrccsveseunedecsssanaccorsaiaunetesnasguaceceraiaarecnind S 171 Table 77 PSTN to PSTN VolP Trunking Call Progression uas eedem tbt b aad tn t di ko 175 Table 79 Secamy gt Firewall General 22 p creta Ee PRISE RHENUS A EE AR 183 Table 79 Secadty Firewall SGIC ug anbedeed road asp o X eda bise d e a dodo n d tra lade 184 Table 80 Security gt Content Filter gt Filter 1 cene een ttn nn hh nna nsnm nat sk hn n heu niian aaa 188 Table 81 Security Content Filter Sehedule uie
71. SIP Proxy Server 9 1 5 3 SIP Redirect Server A SIP redirect server accepts SIP requests translates the destination address to an IP address and sends the translated IP address back to the device that sent the request Then the client device that originally sent the request can send requests to the IP address that it received back from the redirect server Redirect servers do not initiate SIP requests In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 Client device A sends a call invitation for C to the SIP redirect server B 2 The SIP redirect server sends the invitation back to A with C s IP address or domain name 3 Client device A then sends the call invitation to client device C P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP Figure 70 SIP Redirect Server 9 1 5 4 SIP Register Server A SIP register server maintains a database of SIP identity to IP address or domain name mapping The register server checks your user name and password when you register 9 1 6 RTP When you make a VoIP call using SIP the RTP Real time Transport Protocol is used to handle voice data transfer See RFC 1889 for details on RTP 9 1 7 NAT and SIP The ZyXEL Device must register its public IP address with a SIP register server If there is a NAT router between the ZyXEL Device and the SIP register server the ZyXEL Device probably has a private IP address The ZyX
72. Set 1 256 30100006 Input device filters Set 2 256 30100007 Input device filters Set 3 256 30100008 Input device filters Set 4 256 30100009 Output protocol filters Set 1 256 30100010 Output protocol filters Set 2 256 30100011 Output protocol filters Set 3 256 30100012 Output protocol filters Set 4 256 30100013 Output device filters Set 1 256 30100014 Output device filters Set 2 256 30100015 Output device filters Set 3 256 30100016 Output device filters Set 4 256 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 146 Menu 3 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT 30200001 DHCP lt 0 None 0 1 Server 2 Relay gt 30200002 Client IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 30200003 Size of Client IP Pool 32 30200004 Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200005 Secondary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200006 Remote DHCP Server 0 0 0 0 30200008 IP Address 172 21 2 200 30200009 IP Subnet Mask 16 30200010 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30200011 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30200012 Multicast O IGMP v2 zu 1 IGMP v1 2 None 30200013 IP Policies Set 1 1 12 256 30200014 IP Policies Set 2 1 12 256 30200015
73. The proposed solution is to configure a call rule which will allow the sales manager to call into the headquarters via PSTN establish a VoIP link between the two ZyXEL Devices and have the remote peer device forward calls to the sales employees via PSTN 13 9 2 Configuration Details Outgoing The ZyXEL Device at headquarters from which the VoIP link originates needs to have the following configuration settings 1 Auto attendant authentication needs to be enabled for PSTN calls coming into the headquarters ZyXEL Device This ensures that no unauthorized callers use VoIP trunking In this example the PIN Personal Identification Number is set to 12345 The settings dealing with dialing interval and a timeout period are left at default The ZyXEL Device waits 10 seconds after initial connection between PSTN caller and the ZyXEL Device for the PSTN caller to initiate VoIP trunking by dialing another number It waits 3 seconds between dialing digits before it determines that the entire phone number is entered These settings can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt General screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Figure 99 PSTN to PSTN Example General Configuration v Enable Trunking Auto Attendant Timeout sec fio Dialing Interval sec 5 v Enable Auto Attendant Authentication Password 12345 Cancel 2 An outgoing authentication account needs to be configured This acc
74. Then click Apply The ZyXEL Device creates an entry in the LAN Static DHCP screen See Section 7 2 2 on page 110 Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this to update this screen with current DHCP client information 112 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN 7 2 5 LAN IP Alias Screen Use this screen to add subnets on the LAN port You can also control what routing information is sent and received by each subnet To access this screen click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias Figure 59 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 IP Address booo IP Subnet Mask looo RIP Direction Noe RIP Version RIP 1 IP Alias 2 IP Alias 2 IP Address IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 48 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 Select this to add the specified subnet to the LAN port IP Address Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device on the subnet IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask of the subnet RIP Direction Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device sends and receives on the subnet None The ZyXEL Device does not send or receive routing information on the subnet Both The ZyXEL Device sends and receives routing information on the subnet In Only
75. Timeout sec to enter a phone number when it receives the call Enter the number of seconds before the Auto Attendant times out The default value is 10 seconds and entering 0 does not change the default Enter a value from 1 to 255 seconds When the auto attendant times out the phone directly connected to the ZyXEL Device rings Dialing Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait after you stop dialing numbers before it makes the phone call The value depends on how quickly you dial phone numbers The default value is 3 seconds and entering 0 does not change the default Enter a value from 1 to 255 seconds Enable Auto Select this to enable authentication for calls coming into your ZyXEL Device This Attendant is similar to enabling a PIN Personal Identification Number that callers must Authentication enter to forward calls via your ZyXEL Device Password This is the PIN callers have to enter via their phone pad when dialing into your ZyXEL Device to forward calls through it Enter a number between 1 and 32 digits long Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to reset the fields 13 6 Trunking Peer Call Screen Use this screen to set up outgoing authentication accounts for forwarding calls through peer devices and incoming authentication accounts for forwarding calls from peer devices To access this screen click VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call
76. Update Policy Use WAN IP Address C Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address C use specified IP Address Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 106 Maintenance System Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Enable Dynamic DNS Select this to use dynamic DNS Service Provider Select the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS Type Service provider Host Name Enter the host name You can specify up to two host names separated by a comma User Name Enter your user name Password Enter the password assigned to you Enable Wildcard Option Select this to enable the DynDNS Wildcard feature Enable offline option This field is available when CustomDNS is selected in the DDNS Type field Select this if your Dynamic DNS service provider redirects traffic to a URL that you can specify while you are off line Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to update the domain name with the Address WAN port s IP address P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 22 System Table 106 Maintenance gt System gt Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Select this if you want the DDNS server to update the IP address of the hos
77. a filter based on information about how the human vocal tract produces sounds G 729 provides good sound quality and reduces the required bandwidth to 8kbps 9 1 9 PSTN Call Setup Signaling PSTNs Public Switched Telephone Networks use DTMF or pulse dialing to set up telephone calls Dual Tone Multi Frequency DTMF signaling uses pairs of frequencies one lower frequency and one higher frequency to set up calls It is also known as Touch Tone Each of the keys on a DTMF telephone corresponds to a different pair of frequencies Pulse dialing sends a series of clicks to the local phone office in order to dial numbers 9 1 10 MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Message Waiting Indication MWI enables your phone to give you a message waiting beeping dial tone when you have one or more voice messages Your VoIP service provider must have a messaging system that sends message waiting status SIP packets as defined in RFC 3842 9 2 Custom Tones IVR IVR Interactive Voice Response is a feature that allows you to use your telephone to interact with the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device allows you to record custom tones for the Caller Ringing Tone and On Hold Tone functions The same recordings apply to both the caller ringing and on hold tones Table 56 Custom Tones Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Total Time for All Tones 127 seconds for all custom tones combined Time per Individual Tone 20 seconds Total Number of T
78. a more secure version of SMTP that runs over SSL SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSDP UDP 1900 The Simple Service Discovery Protocol supports Universal Plug and Play UPnP SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix G Services Table 155 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 A videoconferencing solution The UDP port UDP user number is specified in the application defined P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User
79. a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information Select a channel from the drop down list box Security Mode See the following sections for more details about this field Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 5 4 1 No Security Select No Security to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points without any data encryption P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN BS If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Figure 38 Wireless No Security Wireless Setup M Enable Wireless LAN Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Security Security Mode No Security Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 Wireless No Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose No Security from the drop down list box 5 4 2 WEP Encryption Screen In order to configure and enable WEP encryption click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN Figure 39 Wireless Static WEP Encryption Wireless Setup M En
80. a static IP address that is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s IP address P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN BES You must enable NAT to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices the ZyXEL Device to decide which hop to use to help forward data along to its specified destination The following lists out the steps taken when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first time through the ZyXEL Device 1 When a computer which is in a different subnet first attempts to access the Internet it sends packets to its default gateway which is not the ZyXEL Device by looking at the MAC address in its ARP table 2 When the computer cannot locate the default gateway an ARP request is broadcast on the LAN 3 The ZyXEL Device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own MAC address 4 The computer updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table Once the ARP table is updated the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device 5 When the ZyXEL Device receives packets from the computer it creates an entry in the IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the c
81. activate the network device ethO the changes have to be saved Do you want to continue 7 After the network card restart process is complete make sure the Status is Active in the Network Configuration screen Using Configuration Files Follow the steps below to edit the network configuration files and set your computer IP address 1 Assuming that you have only one network card on the computer locate the ifconfig eth0 configuration file where eth0 is the name of the Ethernet card Open the configuration file with any plain text editor f you have a dynamic IP address enter dhcp in the BOOTPROTO field The following figure shows an example Figure 223 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO EVICE eth0 NBOOT yes OOT PROTO dhcp SERCTL no EERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet vaGWOU Ifyou have a static IP address enter static in the BOOTPROTO field Type IPADDR followed by the IP address in dotted decimal notation and type NETMASK followed by the subnet mask The following example shows an example where the static IP address is 192 168 1 10 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 Figure 224 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO DEVICE ethO0 ONBOOT yes BOOTPROTO static IPADDR 192 168 1 10 NETMASK 255 255 255 0 USERCTL no PEERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet 2
82. address of the branch office ZyXEL Device This must be a non proxy IP address The numbers are the phone numbers of the sales team members This can be configured in the VoIP gt Phone Book gt Speed Dial screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Figure 95 VoIP to PSTN Example Speed Dial Screen Speed Dial Speed Dial Speed Dial Number Name Type C Use Proxy eo Non Proxy Use IP or URL Ada Speed Dial Phone Book Number 555555550 Sales1 02 555555551 Sales2 WXYZ 555555552 Sales3 Speed Dial Destination Modify oer cues 2 Anoutgoing authentication account needs to be configured This account consists of the IP address and port number of the branch office ZyXEL Device as well as the username and password for authentication This username and password must match the incoming authentication account username and password on the branch office ZyXEL Device The name of this rule is CityB referring to the branch office ZyXEL Device In this example the username is headquarters and the password is password This can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call screen Figure 96 VoIP to PSTN Example Outgoing Authentication ral Peer Call le Outgoing Authentication L Name Username Password Peer IP Peer Port 1 ctye headquarters emm Iw CY T oec 2 0 0 0 0 5060 13 8 3 Configuration Details In
83. addresses to MAC addresses Client List Use this screen to look at which network clients are using the DHCP server IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets Advanced Use this screen to set up RIP multicasting Any IP and Windows Networking for your LAN port P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION NAT General Use this screen to enable and disable NAT features Port Forwarding Use this screen to forward traffic to specific IP addresses based on the destination port Trigger Port Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s trigger port settings ALG Use this screen to enable and disable the ZyXEL Device s ALG VoIP SIP SIP Settings Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Voice over IP settings QoS Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Quality of Service settings Phone Analog Phone Use this screen to set up which SIP accounts use which phone ports for incoming and outgoing calls DECT Phone Use to enable your DECT phone base station and set up a secure password DECT phone registration Common Use this screen to configure general phone port settings Region Use this screen to set up regional and call service settings Phone Book Incoming Call Use this screen to set up call forwarding rules P
84. allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the power outlet Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord Antenna Warning This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when using the included antenna s Only use the included antenna s P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Safety Warnings This product is recyclable Dispose of it properly P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Safety Warnings P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview Introduction Wizards and Status ciiccccccccsssscsscccsssccsssstentscsccsssssascsstasssnasteasstnensoccnsessenenssenmecs 31 Iritrogducing Te ZyXEL DEVOE siorse ar ROUX FRLLASUIE RECO ESUIEALAA ROT RM HAIR PURA GG EHE OSA MH ZKS 33 introducing the Web CTI Mes 39 Wizard SCP e 47 EU EE E EE REC a EEE E A I E E E T AT E A A A E AE E 67 NetW
85. can register any DECT GAP phone with the ZyXEL Device Figure 3 DECT Base Station Feature You can use your DECT phone to make calls to other DECT phones registered with the ZyXEL Device A These calls are referred to as internal calls You can also use your DECT phone to make VoIP calls B For the PSTN models you can also make calls via the PSTN line C These types of calls are referred to as external calls P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 1 4 ZyXEL Device s USB Support Use the built in USB 2 0 ports to share files via a USB memory stick or a USB hard drive A You can also add a printer B and make it available on your local area network Figure 4 File Sharing Overview 1 1 5 ZyXEL Device s Router Features Your ZyXEL Device provides shared Internet access through your existing Internet access gateway company network or your cable or DSL modem for example Computers can connect to the ZyXEL Device s LAN ports or wirelessly Figure 5 ZyXEL Device s Router Features a Internet p A You can also configure firewall and content filtering on the ZyXEL Device for secure Internet access When the firewall is on all incoming traffic from the Internet to your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your network This means that probes from the outside to your network are not allowed but you can safely browse the Internet and download files P 23
86. current operation will be aborted Table 61 USA Type Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call After the second call is successful press the flash key again to have a three way conference call Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone 10 1 3 3 1 USA Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 10 1 3 3 2 USA Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to your telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Press the flash key to put the first call on hold and answer the second call 10 1 3 3 3 USA Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 2 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold When you hear the dial tone dial 98 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party ans
87. delete the tone of your choice Press 14 followed by the key if you wish to clear all your custom tones You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 9 2 1 Quality of Service QoS Quality of Service QoS refers to both a network s ability to deliver data with minimum delay and the networking methods used to provide bandwidth for real time multimedia applications 9 2 1 1 Type Of Service ToS Network traffic can be classified by setting the ToS Type Of Service values at the data source for example at the ZyXEL Device so a server can decide the best method of delivery that is the least cost fastest route and so on 9 2 1 2 DiffServ DiffServ is a class of service CoS model that marks packets so that they receive specific per hop treatment at DiffServ compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points DSCPs indicating the level of service desired This allows the intermediary DiffServ compliant network devices to handle the packets differently depending on the code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow In addition applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where the traffic is going 9 2 1 3 DSCP and Per Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new DS Differentiated Services field to replace
88. destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out The default timeout values are as follows ICMP idle timeout 3 minutes UDP idle timeout 3 minutes TCP connection three way handshaking timeout 270 seconds TCP FIN wait timeout 2 MSL Maximum Segment Lifetime set in the TCP header TCP idle established timeout s 150 minutes TCP reset timeout 10 seconds P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 115 TCP Reset Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Exceed MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewal
89. displays the MAC address of the computer to which the ZyXEL Device assigned the IP address Refresh Click this to update this screen 4 4 VoIP Statistics Window To access this screen open the Status screen see Section 4 1 on page 67 and click Details next to VoIP Statistics Figure 33 VoIP Statistics Window SIP Status Last Last Last Message mERRPMEMEENNENRESESTEST SIP1 Register Fail N A D changeme i27 0 0 10 UDP Imm TUE SIP2 Inactive N A changemeGi27 0 0 1 UDP er N A N A Call Statistics Phone Hook status codec Peer Number Duration raris rote Tx 7s to B75 Phonei On N A N A N A 0 00 00 Phone2 On N A N A N A 0 00 00 x Poll Interval b sec Set Interval Stop Each field is described in the following table Table 25 VoIP Statistics Window LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You can change this in the Status screen Registered The SIP account is registered with a SIP server Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in VoIP gt SIP gt S
90. everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 1s not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicas
91. for your model 1 1 1 VoIP Features You can use the ZyXEL Device to make and receive VoIP telephone calls Figure 1 ZyXEL Device s VoIP Features A pm cus ae 2 n Internet E mE WS um um um zm um um um um um um um um WS XS WS NS Ree NES UD Uo Um ommi pm m emama m bim 4 st P B ES 7 f en s e LI Xx Ps PSTN Network S Peer to Peer calls A Use the ZyXEL Device to make a call to the recipient s IP address without using a SIP proxy server e Calls via a VoIP service provider B The ZyXEL Device sends your call to a VoIP service provider s SIP server which forwards your calls to either VoIP or PSTN phones P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 33 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 1 2 VoIP Trunking Gateway VoIP trunking allows you to use your ZyXEL Device as a gateway between VoIP and PSTN networks Figure 2 ZyXEL Device as a VoIP Trunking Gateway ik me J In this example you use your analog phone A to call the ZyXEL Device B The ZyXEL Device changes the call into VoIP and sends it via the Internet to another VoIP phone C 1 1 3 DECT Base Station Feature Your ZyXEL Device has a built in Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications DECT base station DECT is an ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute standard for digital cordless phones which specifies how they transmit receive and process data and voice communication You
92. from discovering your ZyXEL Device by sending requests to unsupported port numbers If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed If you clear this your ZyXEL Device replies with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on unused UDP ports and with a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on unused TCP ports Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide UPnP Use this screen to set up UPnP 19 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use 19 1 1 How do I know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP
93. functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file is useful if you need to return to your previous settings Restore Configuration P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 275 Chapter 24 Tools Table 128 Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Enter the location of the file you want to upload or click Browse to find it Browse Click this to find the file you want to upload Upload Click this to restore the selected configuration file See Section 24 2 4 on page 276 for more information about this Note Do not turn off the device while configuration file upload is in progress Back to Factory Defaults Reset Click this to clear all user entered configuration information and return the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults There is no warning screen 24 2 4 Restore Configuration Screens LES Do not turn off the device while configuration file upload is in progress When the ZyXEL Device has finished restoring the selected configuration file the following screen appears Figure 187 Configuration Upload Successful Restore Configuration successful The Device Is Rebooting Now After the device finishes rebooting the login screen displays The device now automatically restarts This causes a temporary network disconnect In som
94. home or small Internet Connection office network LAN or High Speed Internet See Also Local 4rea Connection Network Troubleshooter Enabled Other Places J Control Panel amp My Network Places My Documents xj My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections C adi Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast 4 Anicon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 UPnP Figure 138 Network Connections My Network Places My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w Baci 1 D M s Search Key Folders G Address a My Network Places Local Network Network Tasks ad Add a network place ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway view network connections Invoke 9 Set up a home or small office network Create Shortcut view workgroup computers Other Places Rename Properties 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device Figure 139 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Pr x General Manufacturer Model Name Model Number Description Device Ad
95. host ID bits giving 26 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address Table 137 Subnet 1 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address Decimal 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 0 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 138 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 139 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 128 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 191 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 Table 140 Subnet 4 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER V
96. if you want Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 3 5 Phone Region Screen Use this screen to maintain settings that often depend on which region ofthe world the ZyXEL Device is in To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Region Figure 84 VoIP gt Phone gt Region Region Settings Region Settings Default X Call Service Mode Europe Type z Apply Cancel 152 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone Each field is described in the following table Table 67 VoIP gt Phone gt Region LABEL DESCRIPTION Region Settings Select the place in which the ZyXEL Device is located Do not select Default Call Service Mode Select the mode for supplementary phone services call hold call waiting call transfer and three way conference calls that your VoIP service provider supports Europe Type use supplementary phone services in European mode USA Type use supplementary phone services American mode You might have to subscribe to these services to use them Contact your VoIP service provider Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 153 Chapter 10 Phone P 2302HWUDL P1
97. main screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup 3 4 3 Services Setup Figure 27 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Services Setup Bandwidth Management Wizard STEP STEP 2 STEP 3 fa Services Setup Apply bandwidth management by ecting rom the lis XBox Live voip SIP FTP E mail LI eMule eDonkey owww lt Back Next gt es The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Services Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Select the service s that should have higher priority when bandwidth is allocated If you do not select a service or if you do not see it in the list the service can still use bandwidth However it has the lowest priority Note You must select at least one service in this screen Each service you select except WWW becomes a LAN sub class and a WAN sub class in Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup If you select WWW it only becomes a LAN sub class lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup 3 4 4 Priority Setup Figure 28 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Priority Setup Bandwidth Managemen
98. manager dials the PSTN number of Sales1 555 555 eS SE The ZyXEL Device prompts the manager to enter the PIN in order to allow VoIP trunking g I The manager dials the PIN 12345 Bo smee The ZyXEL Device confirms the password and allows for VoIP trunking The ZyXEL Device inspects the phone number against call rules Since the number starts with the pattern 5555 it uses the account CityB associated with this pattern to connect the call to the remote peer device at the branch office m The remote peer device inspects the number and requests authentication in order to forward the call lt The ZyXEL Device at A sends outgoing authentication to the remote peer device m The remote peer device confirms that the username and password match an account in its incoming authentication list The remote peer device forwards the call to Sales1 m Sales1 picks up and the call commences 8888 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide PART IV Security Firewall 179 ontent Filter 187 Firewall Use these screens to enable configure and disable the firewall that protects your ZyXEL Device and your LAN from unwanted or malicious traffic 14 1 Firewal
99. must be 1 15 if you use a value higher than 15 the routers assume the link is down Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to return to the previous screen without saving your changes P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Static Route P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Bandwidth MGMT Use these screens to manage the amount of traffic the ZyXEL Device routes through each interface 17 1 Bandwidth Management Overview Bandwidth management allows you to allocate an interface s outgoing capacity to specific types of traffic It can also help you make sure that the ZyXEL Device forwards certain types of traffic especially real time applications with minimum delay With the use of real time applications such as Voice over IP VoIP increasing the requirement for bandwidth allocation is also increasing Bandwidth management addresses questions such as Who gets how much access to specific applications What priority level should you give to each type of traffic Which traffic must have guaranteed delivery How much bandwidth should be allotted to guarantee delivery Bandwidth management also allows you to configure the allowed output for an interface to match what the network can handle This helps reduce delays and dropped packets at the next routing device For example you can set the WAN interface speed to 1024 kbps
100. of the LEDs does not behave as expected Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED See Section 1 4 on page 36 Check the hardware connections See the Quick Start Guide Inspect your cables for damage Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables Disconnect and re connect the power adaptor to the ZyXEL Device If the problem continues contact the vendor cO whN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 279 Chapter 25 Troubleshooting 25 2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login e forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 1 The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 2 Ifyou changed the IP address and have forgotten it you might get the IP address of the ZyXEL Device by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer To do this in most Windows computers click Start gt Run enter cmd and then enter ipconfig The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the ZyXEL Device it depends on the network so enter this IP address in your Internet browser 3 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 2 3 on page 41 e forgot the password 1 The default password is 1234 2 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 2 3 on page 41 e cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator 1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address The default IP addr
101. of the default MAC address Address Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 6 2 3 WAN Internet Connection Screen PPPoE Use this screen to set up a PPPoE connection with the ISP To access this screen click Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Figure 51 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection PPPoE Internet Connection ISP Parameters for Internet Access Encapsulation PPP over Ethernet Service Name ee optional User Name Password emm Retype to Confirm Akt Nailed Up Connection Idle Timeout sec b in seconds WAN IP Address Assignment Get automatically from ISP Default C Use Fixed IP Address My WAN IP Address p 000 Remote IP Address oo 0 0 Remote IP Subnet Mask p 000 Metric f Private No WAN MAC Address Spoof WAN MAC Address Clone the computer s MAC address IP Address 2 16 Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 41 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION ISP Parameters for Internet Access Encapsulation Select PPP over Ethernet Service Name Enter the PPP service name provided by your ISP If your ISP did not provide a service name leave this field blank User Name Enter the user name provided b
102. or less if the broadband device connected to the WAN port has an upstream speed of 1024 kbps 17 1 1 Bandwidth Classes and Filters Use bandwidth classes and sub classes to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets Configure a bandwidth filter to define a bandwidth class or sub class based on a specific application and or subnet Use the Bandwidth Class Setup Screen to set up a bandwidth class s name bandwidth allotment and bandwidth filter You can configure up to one bandwidth filter per bandwidth class You can also configure bandwidth classes without bandwidth filters However it is recommended that you configure sub classes with filters for any classes that you configure without filters The ZyXEL Device leaves the bandwidth budget allocated and unused for a class that does not have a filter or sub classes with filters View your configured bandwidth classes and sub classes in the Bandwidth Class Setup Screen The total of the configured bandwidth budgets for sub classes cannot exceed the configured bandwidth budget speed of the parent class P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT 17 1 2 Proportional Bandwidth Allocation Bandwidth management allows you to define how much bandwidth each class gets however the actual bandwidth allotted to each class decreases or increases in proportion to actual available bandwidth 17 1 3 Application based Bandwidth Management You can cre
103. overlap they should use a different channel Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN Every device in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the AP Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network 5 2 Wireless Security Overview The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 5 2 1 SSID Normally the ZyXEL Device acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the ZyXEL Device does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 5 2 2 MAC Address Filter Every device that can use a wireless network has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A0C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each device in the wireless network see t
104. password for the username you entered The remote peer device must have the same password in an incoming authentication entry in order to authenticate your connection Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters Peer IP Enter the IP address of the remote peer device which you want to connect to Peer Port Enter the port number through which your ZyXEL Device will connect to the remote peer device The default value is the standard port for VoIP communication Do not change this value unless the remote peer device does not follow the standard Incoming You can set up multiple accounts which are allowed to use your ZyXEL Device for Authentication VoIP trunking When peer devices want to forward calls through your ZyXEL Device this is the list your ZyXEL Device checks to see if the user has the right to complete the call This is the index number of the incoming authentication accounts Username Enter a username for the account This username is used to authenticate peer devices forwarding calls through the ZyXEL Device Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters Password Enter the password for the corresponding username This password is used to authenticate peer devices calling the ZyXEL Device Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters Apply Click this to apply your settings to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to reset the fields to their last saved values 13 7 Trunking Call Rule Screen Use this screen to set up rules that determine which
105. phone port 1 you are using your SIP account 1 Similarly every time you place a call through phone port 2 you are using your SIP account 2 To apply these configuration changes you need to configure the Analog Phone screen See Section 10 2 on page 144 Figure 193 Outgoing Calls Individual Configuration PHONE 1 SIP 2 25 5 2 Incoming Calls The following example shows the default behavior of your ZyXEL Device for incoming calls when two SIP accounts are configured and you are using two phones When a call comes in from your SIP account 1 the phones connected to both phone port 1 and phone port 2 ring Similarly when a call comes in from your SIP account 2 the phones connected to both phone port 1 and phone port 2 ring In either case you are not sure which SIP account the call is coming from P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Troubleshooting Figure 194 Incoming Calls Default Gt PHONE 2 Figure 195 Incoming Calls Individual Configuration PHONE 1 5 PHONE 2 SIP 2 In the next example phone port is configured to use SIP account and phone port 2 is configured to use SIP account 2 for incoming calls In this case every time you receive a call from your SIP account 1 the phone connected to phone port 1 rings Similarly every time you receive a call from your SIP account 2 the phone connected to phone port 2 rings To apply these configuration changes you need to config
106. requirements of all of the traffic classes are met and there is still some unbudgeted bandwidth the ZyXEL Device assigns it to traffic that does not match any of the classes P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT 17 1 9 Over Allotment of Bandwidth You can set the bandwidth management speed for an interface higher than the interface s actual transmission speed Higher priority traffic gets to use up to its allocated bandwidth even if it takes up all of the interface s available bandwidth This could stop lower priority traffic from being sent The following is an example Table 89 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES ALLOTMENTS PRIORITIES Actual outgoing bandwidth available on the interface 1000 kbps Root Class 1500 kbps same VoIP traffic Service SIP 500 Kbps High AS opera SRNO NetMeeting traffic Service H 323 500 kbps High FTP Service FTP 500 Kbps Medium If you use VoIP and NetMeeting at the same time the device allocates up to 500 Kbps of bandwidth to each of them before it allocates any bandwidth to FTP As a result FTP can only use bandwidth when VoIP and NetMeeting do not use all of their allocated bandwidth Suppose you try to browse the web too In this case VoIP NetMeeting and FTP all have higher priority so they get to use the bandwidth first You can only browse the web when VoIP NetMeeting and FTP do not use all 1000
107. session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling You can change the timeout period in the SYSTEM General screen 18 2 Remote Management Screens 18 2 1 WWW Screen Use this screen to control HTTP access to your ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Management gt Remote MGMT gt WWW Figure 119 Management gt Remote MGMT gt WWW WWW Server Port Server Access LAN 8 Secured Client IP Address G all C Selected foooo q Note 1 For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 95 Management gt Remote MGMT gt WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port Enter the port number this service can use to access the ZyXEL Device The computer must use the same port number Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Address Select Selected to only allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 18 2 2 Telnet Screen Use this scr
108. some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for example both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A service request that does not have a server explicitly designated for it is forwarded to the default server If the default is not defined the service request is simply discarded See Appendix G on page 339 for examples of services For example let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 NAT Figure 61 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example 192 168 1 1 B 192 168 1 34 lt gt N C 192 168 1 35 SEL es f N IP address assigned by ISP 8 1 2 Trigger Port Forwarding Some services use a dedicated range of ports on the client side and a dedicated range of ports on the server side With regular port forwarding you set a forwarding port in NAT to forward a service coming in from the server on the WAN to the IP address of a computer on the client side LAN The problem is that por
109. the print server in the Manufacturers list of printers 6 Select the printer model from the list of Printers 7 If your printer is not displayed in the list of Printers you can insert the printer driver installation CD disk or download the driver file to your computer click Have Disk and install the new printer driver 8 Click Next to continue Figure 156 Add Printer Wizard Printer Driver Add Printer Wizard Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers Epson Stylus Pro ESC P 2 Epson Stylus Pro XL ESC P 2 Lolor amp ge Compaq za Dataproducts Epson Stylus Pro XL ESC P 2 Diconix Epson T 1000 Digital Epson T 750 EPSON Stylus C43 Series s FILI EROS Windows Update Have Disk Bee 9 Ifthe following screen displays select Keep existing driver radio button and click Next if you already have a printer driver installed on your computer and you do not want to change it Otherwise select Replace existing driver to replace it with the new driver you selected in the previous screen and click Next P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 237 Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 157 Add Printer Wizard Use Existin
110. want to limit the speed of this interface WLAN Active Select this to enable bandwidth management on the WLAN Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the WLAN regardless of the traffic s source Speed Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using bandwidth management The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the WLAN interface speed to 1000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 1 Mbps You can set this number higher than the interface s actual transmission speed This will stop lower priority traffic from being sent if higher priority traffic uses all of the actual bandwidth You can also set this number lower than the interface s actual transmission speed If you do not enable Max Bandwidth Usage this will cause the ZyXEL Device to not use some of the interface s available bandwidth This field is not affected by the Bandwidth Management Wizard Scheduler Select Priority Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities Select Fairness Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally Maximize Bandwidth Usage Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to divide any unallocated and unused bandwidth among bandwidth classes that require bandwidth Clear this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a ban
111. written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 Each of these four parts is known as an octet An octet is an eight digit binary number for example 11000000 which is 192 in decimal notation Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary or 0 to 255 in decimal The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets 192 168 1 are the network number and the fourth octet 16 is the host ID P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 204 Network Number and Host ID 192 168 1 16 i TERAS i at i i i M mmmh i I L I L L I L I i I L I L L 7 U anm m m m m m m m 9 How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies according to the subnet mask Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation The term subnet is short for sub network A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID The following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number in bold text and host ID of an IP address 192 168 1 2 in
112. you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions The P 2302HWUDL P1 series may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device the device or the system in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For example k for kilo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on e g is a Shorthand for for instance and i e means that is or in other words P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Document Conventions Icons Used in Figures Figures in this User s Guide may use the following generic icons The ZyXEL Device icon is not an exact represe
113. you want the ZyXEL Device to send immediately Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs 23 3 Log Message Descriptions The following tables provide descriptions of example log messages Table 112 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION WAN connection is down The WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface s exceeds the max This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of session per number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host host Table 113 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time synchronization is successful The device has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time synchronization failed The device failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s The WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP or PPPoE server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Successful WEB login Someone has logged on to the device s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the device s web con
114. 0 SUA Server 3 Port End 0 150000011 SUA Server 3 Local IP address 0 150000012 SUA Server 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000013 SUA Server 4 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000014 SUA Server 4 Port Start 0 150000015 SUA Server 4 Port End 0 150000016 SUA Server 4 Local IP address 0 150000017 SUA Server 5 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000018 SUA Server 5 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000019 SUA Server 5 Port Start 0 150000020 SUA Server 5 Port End 0 150000021 SUA Server 5 Local IP address 0 150000022 SUA Server 6 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 0 150000023 SUA Server 6 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000024 SUA Server 6 Port Start 0 150000025 SUA Server 6 Port End 0 150000026 SUA Server 6 Local IP address 0 150000027 SUA Server 7 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000028 SUA Server 7 Protocol X0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000029 SUA Server 7 Port Start 0 150000030 SUA Server 7 Port End 0 150000031 SUA Server 7 Local IP address 0 150000032 SUA Server 8 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000033 SUA Server 8 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000034 SUA Server 8 Port Start 0 150000035 SUA Server 8 Port End 0 150000036 SUA Server 8 Local IP address 0 150000037 SUA Server 9 Active lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000038 SUA Server 9 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000039
115. 0 1 Deny gt 30501003 Address 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 30501004 Address 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 30501005 Address 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 Continued 30501034 Address 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 Table 147 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup Menu 4 Internet Access Setup FI FN PVA INPUT 40000000 Configured lt O No 1 1 Yes gt 40000001 ISP lt O No 1 1 Yes gt 40000002 Active lt O No 1 1 Yes gt P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 147 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup continued 40000003 ISP s Name ChangeMe 40000004 Encapsulation lt 2 PPPOE 2 3 RFC 1483 4 PPPOA 5 ENET ENCAP gt 40000005 Multiplexing lt 1 LLC based 1 2 VC based 40000006 VPI 0 40000007 VCI d 35 40000008 Service Nam lt Str gt any 40000009 My Login lt Str gt test pga 40000010 My Password lt Str gt 1234 40000011 Single User Account lt 0 No L l Yes 40000012 IP Address Assignment lt 0 Static 1 1 Dynamic gt 40000013 IP Address 0 0 0 0 40000014 Remote IP address 0 0 0 0 40000015 Remote IP subnet mask 0 40000016 ISP incoming protocol filter set 1 6 40000017 ISP incoming protocol filter set 2 256 40000018 ISP incom
116. 0 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICMP User Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic purposes ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IGMP MULTICAST User Defined 2 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IMAP4 TCP 143 The Internet Message Access Protocol is used for e mail IMAP4S TCP 993 This is a more secure version of IMAP4 that runs over SSL IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol NetBIOS TCP UDP 137 The Network Basic Input Output System is TCP UDP 138 used for communication between TCP UDP 139 computers in a LAN TCP UDP 445 NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING User Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3
117. 00 00 19 oo 00 00 00 00 00 20 0500000000 21 oo 00 00 00 00 00 22 oo 00 00 00 00 00 23 oo 00 00 00 00 00 24 pmoooo000000 25 pmoooo000000 26 oo 00 00 00 00 00 27 oo 00 00 00 00 00 28 oo 00 00 00 00 00 29 oo 00 00 00 00 00 30 pmoooo000000 31 oo 00 00 00 00 00 32 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 36 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL Device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL Device Set This is the index number of the MAC address MAC Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless station that are allowed or denied access to the ZyXEL Device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC Address api address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN 5 7 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup
118. 02HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 35 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Use content filtering to block access to specific web sites with URL s containing keywords that you specify You can define time periods and days during which content filtering is enabled and include or exclude particular computers on your network from content filtering For example you could block access to certain web sites for the kids Use bandwidth management to efficiently manage traffic on your network by giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers For example you could make sure that the ZyXEL Device gives voice over Internet calls high priority and or limit bandwidth devoted to the boss s excessive file downloading 1 2 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device Web Configurator This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device using a web browser Command Line Interface Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service engineers FTP for firmware upgrades and configuration backup restore Chapter 18 on page 211 SNMP The device can be monitored by an SNMP manager See the SNMP chapter in this User s Guide SPTGEN SPTGEN is a text configuration file that allows you to configure the device by uploading an SPTGEN file This is especially convenient if you need to configure many devices of the same type 1 3 Good Habits for
119. 0Hz 140mA Output Power AC 16Volts 1 0A Power Consumption 15 Watt Max Safety Standards DOFT AS NZS 60950 AS NZS 3112 1 2 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix A Product Specifications P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Pop Up Windows Java and JavaScript Permissions This appendix show you how to change your browser settings to ensure that the web configurator works properly 25 6 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default LES Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary 25 6 1 Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address 25 6 1 1 Disable pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop Up Windows Java and JavaScript Permissions Figure 196 Pop up Blocker Mail and News Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons z Synchronize TE Windows Update Windows Messenger Intern
120. 1 Rule 2 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210102005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210102006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210102007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210102009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Subnet Mask 0 210102010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210102011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210102014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Table 151 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 Menu 21 1 filter set 2 FIN FN PVA INPUT 210200001 Filter Set 2 Nam Str NetBIOS WAN Menu 21 1 2 1 Filter set 2 rule 1 FIN FN PVA INPUT P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 151 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210201001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Type 0 none 2 TCP 2 IP 210201002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210201003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Protocol 6 210201004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest IP
121. 1 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewall Blocked LAN to WAN packets are considered alerts Alerts are higher priority logs that include system errors attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites Alerts appear in red in the View Log screen You may choose to have alerts e mailed immediately in the Log Settings screen LAN to LAN ZyXEL Device means the LAN to the ZyXEL Device LAN interface This is always allowed as this is how you manage the ZyXEL Device from your local computer 14 1 4 2 WAN to LAN rules WAN to LAN rules are Internet to your local network firewall rules The default is to block all traffic from the Internet to your local network How can you forward certain WAN to LAN traffic You may allow traffic originating from the WAN to be forwarded to the LAN by Configuring NAT port forwarding rules Configuring WAN or LAN amp WAN access for services in the Remote Management screens When you allow remote management from the WAN you are actually configuring WAN to WAN ZyXEL Device firewall rules WAN to WAN ZyXEL Device firewall rules are Internet to the ZyXEL Device WAN interface firewall rules The default is to block all such traffic When you decide what WAN to LAN packets to log you are in fact deciding what WAN to LAN and WAN to WAN ZyXEL Device packets to log Forwarded WAN to LAN packets are not considered alerts 14 2 Triangle Route When the firewall is on your ZyXEL Device acts as a secure g
122. 101001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt D 210101002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 210101003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule Protocol 6 210101004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210101005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210101006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule Dest Port 137 210101007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210101009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Subnet Mask 0 210101010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port 0 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 150 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 continued 210101011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210101014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 1 2 set 1 rule 2 FI FN PVA INPUT 210102001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt 2 210102002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210102003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210102004 IP Filter Set
123. 106 NE DING Sorar Fee SS ses 106 Eu RIP I AED a icscc coi oir EP EFE Pas b FERE b PARE ERRE SEE pa bi ES Pad EX AASE E aa EUR RT EON 107 PANI TIU C 107 CET AN F aan Binds east io RAs Aso aes 108 fu CAN SCORE 1i os itio aces cae iaces se la EE nannies eee 109 DRORNECOONLETIII D e bebeeede 109 zu LANDHCP Sem SOON naarissa a aS Ka ian EA A D ARRAN ERA 110 1 2 9 LAN Sae DMCP Screen airina r alesis i Pao LAN CIOM LISP SOPOBIT 25a di ed shew Eo betta Do Ere BO a ante en AR 112 Fono LANIIF AGS SEE iiiad an Gees a eaaa enacted eindade edipi V Pd 113 FeO LAN Advanced SoreBi T 114 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 13 Table of Contents Chapter 8 rw E A 117 INAT icc ete NC T TTE HP 117 8 1 1 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers eesceeeiiseiessse cene nnne 117 S L2 Moger Pom Forwarding eessen randsten rb AER HER DRE pA n Asieran anie E ARES ENEAS RR 118 CNET I Ec T tu 119 Bu NAT SGOT sedan ad d bin tie betreut i M sa EU En i e RU od ai UE 119 82 1 NAT General BOWEN sainia e b a diode a ena ti kes 119 8 2 2 NAT Port Forwarding SEFGOl iessesevkcc opt aurkc eut bh pue iraran Yu inna MOVES Eb PER ARN REDE RA ARES viene 120 8 2 3 NAT Port Forwarding EIE SEPT uiaecckx iex peei ai rat x Fa tto RR t4 S ah d ntis 121 2 24 MAT Trigger Po SOGO uusuitiqecsxbepveo
124. 16 2 2 IP Stati Route BOIEOSOFOGBIT oue ike ee RE DEUEEP ATA QNER SEE AUR eiia EM LEX EXE ADR iA 194 Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT e HM 197 17 1 Bandwidth Management DUVGFVIGW 1 22 i oerte obe tbe turc censisauen anie 197 17 11 Bandwidth CIasses and FINE ss ccsre c oxU nsa ed LIP EXE CE ER C EUM ERE tblaE ERR FEX EFE Ran EE tuu e 197 17 1 2 Proportional Bandwidth Allocation 2 2 esie rre EIE EEReP na nkxP I e Eee Eben ee ea Eepads 198 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Table of Contents 17 1 3 Application based Bandwidth Management ceeeceeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 198 17 1 4 Subnet based Bandwidth Management eese nennen nennen 198 17 1 5 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management ssssuuss 198 pA TO roe oU 198 TE A Maximize Bandwidth Leg 1iesecu ene n AREXFFU P RE EHI I ER IEANRRoXKERU M EV FERE RM RH en ER HIS 199 17 18 Bandwidth BOMOWING P 201 17 1 9 Over Allotment of Bandwidth 12 2 adea cdaneeststssanuateassaanaciuad E90 n nb ta ine aina 202 17 2 Bandwidth Management Sorens 2a kon eekr vboce eb exe prep rtx iv Unde E E pet rERE DD ER RIMIS M RR UE 202 17 2 1 Bandwidth Management Summary Screen eese enne tntnnn 202 17 2 2 Bandwidth Class Setup Screen uu esee c erteb edes Le re bu deber ne een ee potu Ex Lena dide 205 172 3 Bandwidth Class Edit Screen cecinit orte stadt kei tee bbs
125. 22 SNMP Management Model MANAGER Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices 212 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Remote MGMT The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initi
126. 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 21 File Sharing Table 104 Management gt File Sharing LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Share These fields identify the default shares on the ZyXEL Device Directory List This is a read only index number of the default share on the ZyXEL Device When more than one USB disk or a USB hard drive with multiple shares is connected to the ZyXEL Device this index number identifies the different disks The first disk connected is 1 the second 2 and so on Share Name This field displays the default share names on the ZyXEL Device usbdisk1 refers to the share name of the first USB memory disk connected to the ZyXEL Device usbdisk2 refers to the second USB memory disk connected to the ZyXEL Device and so on Share Directory This field displays the share directories folders on the ZyXEL Device These are the directories folders you can enter when you browse to your USB storage device Apply Click this to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 21 5 Accessing Files via the ZyXEL Device Once you have enabled file sharing and configured a user account for file sharing The USB file storage devices become a part of your file structure There are three ways to start browsing the file storage devices connected to the ZyXEL Device BES The examples in this User s Guide show you how to use Mic
127. 302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN 2 Ifthe ISP did not give you DNS server information leave the DNS Server fields in the SYSTEM General screen set to 0 0 0 0 for the ISP to dynamically assign the DNS server IP addresses 6 2 WAN Screens 6 2 1 WAN Internet Connection Screen Ethernet Use this screen to set up your Internet connection This screen depends on the type of Internet connection you have Use this screen to set up an Ethernet connection no Roadrunner service with the ISP To access this screen click Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Figure 49 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Ethernet Internet Connection ISP Parameters for Internet Access Encapsulation Ethernet x Service Type Standard asl WAN IP Address Assignment Get automatically from ISP Default Use Fixed IP Address IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 WAN MAC Address Spoof WAN MAC Address Clone the computer s MAC address IP Address Apply Cancel ES Some ISPs such as Telstra send UDP heartbeat packets to verify that the customer is still online In this case create a WAN to LAN firewall rule for those packets Contact your ISP to find the correct port number P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Each field is described in the following table Table 39 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Ethernet LABEL
128. 4 1 2 About fie ZyXEL Device Fir wall essi auci ke natae Fra nq Fora Ett aenn 179 14 1 3 Guidelines For Enhancing Security With Your Firewall sesseess 180 14 1 4 The Firewall NAT and Remote Management ssssssssssseeeeee 180 Tee Pae RONO ee TUM 181 14 2 1 The Triangle Route Proplent iiie ie erster ttt derbi sane aiit tnnc ko ia 181 14 2 2 Solving the Triangle Route Problem uses rid eeit hh cedat utet hh ik Fein cia 182 74 3 Firewall SCENE cecum E ME HEN ERE RH E E HM MREUM PI qM 183 MST General RUVUIBSI IM UNO DT e 183 14 32 Firewall Services DOPBOR aaia sinew oti Sanada Eep pta oaa End d Lenta aL ueni ape 184 Chapter 15 Content FIREN ee 187 15 1 Content Filtering OVOLIVIGW 2cscci t eerre ttti reducta d torba d pepe ede ket reb dk aai nin e ue pL Ep EubE 187 19 2 Content Ferd SCOENE aan osea Debo Uk rper ans Ea BRE Red Ra A dA bani Load paa B dd 187 1545 1 Content Fiter SEES iaceat eMe PH ERE ERR CHE ERA MR MEIN DE M redu M dus 187 15 2 2 Content Filter Schedule CEDE 225 Lacon biet aaa rrt LEER pet t IRE LER LA ENS EE RR EAS 189 Part V Dc 0 0 e MM 191 Chapter 16 cHpAICcT 193 16 1 State Route Overview nassisti eb prd diet edi ep d et Logona bl iouis de 193 peru disies 0 D Um MUT 193 162 1 JF Statie Route SCG 2 23 editi HIER FHEPH EE EE eR IE HpL HE HS ELE ER aa 193
129. 56 Set 30201020 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201021 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201022 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201023 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201024 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201025 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201026 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 Menu 3 5 Wireless LAN Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT 30500001 ESSID Wireless 30500002 Hide ESSID lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30500003 Channel ID lt 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 13 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 146 Menu 3 30500004 RTS Threshold 0 2432 2432 30500005 FRAG Threshold 256 2432 2432 30500006 WEP lt 0 DISABLE 0 1 64 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 30500007 Default Key lt 1 2 3 4 gt 0 30500008 WEP Keyl 30500009 WEP Key2 30500010 WEP Key3 30500011 WEP Key4 30500012 Wlan Active O Disable 0 1 Enable gt 30500013 Wlan 4X Mode lt 0 Disable 0 1 Enable gt MENU 3 5 1 WLAN MAC ADDRESS FILTER FIN FN PVA INPUT 30501001 Mac Filter Active lt O No 0 1 Yes gt 30501002 Filter Action lt 0 Allow
130. 7 Pre defined NTP Time Servers ntp1 cs wisc edu ntp1 gbg netnod se ntp2 cs wisc edu tock usno navy mil ntp3 cs wisc edu ntp cs strath ac uk ntp1 sp se time1 stupi se tick stdtime gov tw tock stdtime gov tw time stdtime gov tw P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 257 Chapter 22 System 22 3 2 Resetting the Time The ZyXEL Device resets the time in the following instances When the ZyXEL Device starts up When you click Apply in the Time Setting Overview 24 hour intervals after starting 22 3 3 Time Settings Screen To access this screen click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting Figure 179 Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting Current Time and Date Current Time Current Date Time and Date Setup amp Manual New Time hh mm ss New Date yyyy mm dd C Get from Time Server Time Protocol Time Server Address Time Zone Setup Time Setting 00 52 08 2000 01 01 o so se oo R fa EM Time Zone tow Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London 7 I Daylight Savings Start Date End Date t z da z of a zj 2000 01 02 at o clock t z a of J zj 2000 01 02 at o clock Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 108 Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time and This section displays the current
131. 9 Security gt Firewall gt Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Available This is a list of pre defined services destination ports you may prohibit your LAN Services computers from using Select the port you want to block and click Add to add the port to the Blocked Services field A custom port is a service that is not available in the pre defined Available Services list You must define it using the Type and Port Number fields See Appendix G on page 339 for some examples of services Blocked Services This is a list of services ports that are inaccessible to computers on your LAN when service blocking is effective To remove a service from this list select the service and click Delete Type Select TCP or UDP based on which one the custom port uses Port Number Enter the range of port numbers that defines the service For example suppose you want to define the Gnutella service Select TCP type and enter a port range of 6345 6349 Add Click this to add the selected service in Available Services to the Blocked Services list Delete Select a service in the Blocked Services and click this to remove the service from the list Clear All Click this to remove all the services in the Blocked Services list Schedule to Block Day to Block Select which days of the week you want the service blocking to be effective Time of Day to Block Select what time each day you want service blocking to be effectiv
132. ALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 192 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 255 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 141 Eight Subnets SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 141 Eight Subnets continued SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 Subnet Planning The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24 bit network number Table 142 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NO BORROWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER NET HOST BITS SUB 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 T
133. CT base station The first DECT phone that registered with the ZyXEL Device s DECT base station receives the number 1 the second the number 2 and so on up to the last registered DECT phone Refer to your DECT phone documentation for specific details regarding your phone s calling functions 10 3 2 2 DECT Phones External Calls To make external calls follow the same procedure as with the analog phone connected to the ZyXEL Device You must also Specify the SIP accounts for incoming and outgoing VoIP calls Specify whether the DECT phones should receive calls on the PSTN line P 2302HWUDL P1 model only When you assign a specific SIP account to be used with the DECT phone for outgoing or incoming calls all of the DECT phones registered with the ZyXEL Device use this SIP account for making or receiving calls 10 3 2 3 DECT Phones Supplementary Services There are two ways to perform supplementary phone services like call waiting conference calling and so on Viathe handset refer to your DECT phone documentation Viathe flash key function refer to Section 10 1 3 on page 141 On most DECT phone models the flash key is the R key 10 3 3 DECT Phone Screen Use this screen to configure your DECT base station settings To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt DECT Phone P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone Figure 82 VolP gt Phone gt DECT Phone DECT Phone Outgoing Call U
134. Date Enter which hour on which day of which week of which month daylight savings time starts End Date Enter which hour on the which day of which week of which month daylight savings time ends Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 22 System P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Logs Use these screens to look at log entries and alerts and to configure the ZyXEL Device s log and alert settings 23 1 Logs Overview For a list of log messages see Section 23 3 on page 265 23 1 1 Alerts An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts 23 1 2 Syslog Logs There are two types of syslog event logs and traffic logs The device generates an event log when a system event occurs for example when a user logs in or the device is under attack The device generates a traffic log when a session is terminated A traffic log summarizes the session s type when it started and stopped the amount of traffic that was sent and received and so on An external log analyzer can reconstruct and analyze the traffic flowing through the device after collecting the traffic logs Table 109 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Event Log lt Facility 8 Severity gt Mon dd hr mm s
135. EL DESCRIPTION Route Name Enter the name of the static route Active Select this if you want the static route to be used Clear this if you do not want the static route to be used Private Select this if you do not want the ZyXEL Device to tell other routers about this static route For example you might select this if the static route is in your LAN Clear this if you want the ZyXEL Device to tell other routers about this static route Destination IP Address Enter one of the destination IP addresses that this static route affects IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask that defines the range of destination IP addresses that this static route affects If this static route affects only one IP address enter 255 255 255 255 Gateway IP Address Enter the IP address of the gateway to which the ZyXEL Device should send packets for the specified Destination The gateway is a router or a switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Metric Usually you should keep the default value This field is related to RIP See Chapter 7 on page 105 for more information The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost The smaller the metric the lower the cost RIP uses hop count as the measurement of cost where 1 is for a directly connected network The metric
136. EL Device lists its IP address in the SIP message that it sends to the SIP register server NAT does not translate this IP address in the SIP message The SIP register server gets the ZyXEL Device s IP address from inside the SIP message and maps it to your SIP identity If the ZyXEL Device has a private IP address listed in the SIP message the SIP server cannot map it to your SIP identity See Chapter 8 on page 117 for more information about NAT Use a SIP ALG Application Layer Gateway Use NAT STUN or outbound proxy to allow the ZyXEL Device to list its public IP address in the SIP messages 9 1 7 1 SIP ALG See Section 8 1 3 on page 119 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP 9 1 7 2 Use NAT If you know the NAT router s public IP address and SIP port number you can use the Use NAT feature to manually configure the ZyXEL Device to use a them in the SIP messages This eliminates the need for STUN or a SIP ALG You must also configure the NAT router to forward traffic with this port number to the ZyXEL Device 9 1 7 3 STUN STUN Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol UDP through Network Address Translators allows the ZyXEL Device to find the presence and types of NAT routers and or firewalls between it and the public Internet STUN also allows the ZyXEL Device to find the public IP address that NAT assigned so the ZyXEL Device can embed it in the SIP data stream STUN does not work with symmetric NAT route
137. EL home page to go to that product s page P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix H Legal Information 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser
138. Feature SDOSITTCATIONE siisii aeaiaioe kaaa AANE EAA SU ELE SEE DELE PR Ed Ia duin 289 Table 132 ZyXEL Device Power Adaptor Specifications ssssssssssssssseeeeee 290 ORNS is ss ah us lie de AN A LI Lp de tria 300 Table 134 Subnet cu MR UI LT IT 301 Table 135 Maximum Host NUMBERS auciecse vs ctetu ductae phas eo eb rra Nae ae reien nOs AEE SEPA RR SERES 301 Table 136 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation rre ihr t ern Hh d 33 arn Id e ai o d adea ei 301 Tab 157 SUD T iosusiextoux eH IS Rap EN E ieee 303 Eius op KE 304 ds et UNE TU RP T RE MM 304 TADS TAO SUD A oceietdsiisiedettist uu e et olet atiis ies tabipdn RM ep iine ite 304 Er Au img c c 304 Table 142 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning seeeeee emen 305 Table 143 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning eeeeseiseeeeesiiiee eese itm dte 305 Table 144 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table 326 Table 145 Menu WEt n v cm 326 Wee VAG MISTI 326 Table 147 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup c ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeaaaeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeees 329 Us cwred rig Atem Ty Tarr 331 Table T49 Manu 13 SUA Server SIME 11 5 ra raptor XE Er ES a ie ait 331 Table 150 Menu 21 1 Filter Set FT TE 333 Table T
139. HD icon to open the Macintosh HD window Figure 162 Macintosh HD Macintosh HD 3 Double click the Applications folder Figure 163 Macintosh HD folder SRON S E Macintosh HD i I E m em NW T wv A Back Forward View Computer Home Favorites Applications 12 items 19 31 CB available P t Applications Applications Mac OS 9 Users 3 D 3 Documents Library System 4 Double click the Utilities folder P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 164 Applications Folder e SKS A Applications 1 e fez m 4 E T7 wv A Back Forward View Computer Home Favorites Applications 39 items 19 31 CB available Address Book Calculator a A Chess Clock DVD Player 5 Double click the Print Center icon Figure 165 Utilities Folder eooQ L5 Utilities 7 c fre m amp e i 9 F Back Forward View Computer Home Favorites Applications 30 items 19 31 CB available n B Keychain Access li Process Viewer ODBC Administrator Netinfo Manager Network Utility 6 Click the Add icon at the top of the screen Figure 166 Printer List Folder eoo Printer List ce Stylus 43 7 Stopped 7 Set up your printer in the Printer List configuration screen Select IP Printing from the drop down list box 8 Inthe Printer s Address field type the IP address of your ZyXEL De
140. IP Settings Last Registration This field displays the last time you successfully registered the SIP account It displays N A if you never successfully registered this account URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Table 25 VoIP Statistics Window LABEL DESCRIPTION Protocol This field displays the transport protocol the SIP account is currently using Message Waiting This field indicates whether or not there are any messages waiting for the SIP account Last Incoming This field displays the last number that called the SIP account It displays N A if no Number number has ever dialed the SIP account Last Outgoing This field displays the last number the SIP account called It displays N A if the Number SIP account has never dialed a number Call Statistics Phone This field displays each phone port in the ZyXEL Device Hook This field indicates whether the phone is on the hook or off the hook On The phone is hanging up or already hung up Off The phone is dialing calling or connected Status This field displays the current status of each call DIAL The ZyXEL Device is dialing the current call RING The phone is ringing because there is an incoming call Process The call is connected and in process DR
141. IP server or other party This field corresponds with the Type field in the Speed Dial section Modify Use this field to edit or erase the speed dial entry Click the Edit icon to copy the information for this speed dial entry into the Speed Dial section where you can change it Click the Remove icon to erase this speed dial entry Clear Click this to erase all the speed dial entries Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide PSTN Line This chapter applies to L models only Use this screen to set up the PSTN line used to make regular phone calls These phone calls do not use the Internet 12 1 PSTN Line Overview With the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN line you can make and receive regular phone calls Use a prefix number to make a regular call When the ZyXEL Device does not have power you can make regular calls without dialing a prefix number You can also specify phone numbers that should always use the regular phone service without having to dial a prefix number Do this for emergency numbers like those for contacting police fire or emergency medical services BES When the ZyXEL Device does not have power only the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port can be used for making calls Ensure you know which phone this is so that in case of emergency you can make outgoing calls 12 2 PSTN Line Screen Use this screen to set
142. Ifyou know your DNS server IP address es enter the DNS server information in the resolv conf file in the etc directory The following figure shows an example where two DNS server IP addresses are specified P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 225 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings in resolv conf nameserver 172 23 5 1 nameserver 172 23 5 2 3 After you edit and save the configuration files you must restart the network card Enter network restart inthe etc rc d init d directory The following figure shows an example Figure 226 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Ethernet Card root localhost init d network restart Shutting down interface eth0 OK Shutting down loopback interface OK Setting network parameters OK Bringing up loopback interface OK Bringing up interface eth0 OK Verifying Settings Enter ifconfig in a terminal screen to check your TCP IP properties Figure 227 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties root localhost ifconfig etho Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 50 BA 72 5B 44 inet addr 172 23 19 129 Bcast 172 23 19 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 717 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 13 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 100 RX bytes 730412 713 2 Kb TX bytes 1570 1 5 Kb Interrupt 10 Base address 0x1000 root localhost
143. Kbps of available bandwidth 17 2 Bandwidth Management Screens 17 2 1 Bandwidth Management Summary Screen Use this screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface and to set the maximum allowed bandwidth and the scheduler for the interface You can also enable or disable maximize bandwidth usage To access this screen click Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Summary P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT Figure 115 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Summary Summary LAN D Active Speed Scheduler WAN D Active Speed Scheduler WLAN Active Speed Scheduler BW Manager manages the bandwidth of traffic flowing out of router on the specific interface BW Manager can be switched on off independently for each interface roooco kbps Fairness Based v Maximize bandwidth usage ioooc0 kbps Fairness Based v Maximize bandwidth usage iooooo kbps Maximize bandwidth usage Fairness Based gt Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 90 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION LAN Active Select this to enable bandwidth management on the LAN Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the LAN regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be m
144. L Device 13 1 VoIP Trunking Overview VoIP trunking connects an IP network like the Internet and the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN PSTN includes the world s circuit switched telephone network which is composed of fixed and mobile telephones VoIP trunking allows you to create VoIP links which PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network callers can use to Make phone calls via the Internet Make a PSTN call to the ZyXEL Device and it forwards the call to any SIP based VoIP phone Save on long distance calls The ZyXEL Device creates a VoIP link which can be used to connect to a PSTN phone in another country province region and so on Similarly VoIP callers can Make calls to PSTN subscribers at reduced cost Connect to the ZyXEL Device via VoIP and the ZyXEL Device forwards the call to a PSTN phone Creating a link over the IP network requires two VoIP devices VoIP trunking scenarios vary depending on how the VoIP devices work together and how they receive or forward PSTN calls The following sections describe the details of VoIP trunking 13 2 VoIP Trunking and Security Your ZyXEL Device provides two types of authentication to prevent unauthorized callers from using it for VoIP trunking 13 2 1 Auto Attendant and Authentication Auto attendant is the ZyXEL Device s name for a service which controls settings specific to VoIP trunking Most importantly it controls authentication for VoIP trunking Auto attendant
145. L Device associates Jane s computer IP address with the incoming port range of 6970 7170 3 The Real Audio server responds using a port number ranging between 6970 7170 The ZyXEL Device forwards the traffic to Jane s computer IP address A 5 Only Jane can connect to the Real Audio server until the connection is closed or times out The ZyXEL Device times out in three minutes with UDP User Datagram Protocol or two hours with TCP IP Transfer Control Protocol Internet Protocol 8 1 2 2 Two Points To Remember About Trigger Ports 1 Trigger events only happen on data that is going coming from inside the ZyXEL Device and going to the outside 2 Ifanapplication needs a continuous data stream that port range will be tied up so that another computer on the LAN can t trigger it 8 1 3 SIP ALG Some NAT routers may include a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG A SIP ALG allows SIP calls to pass through NAT by examining and translating IP addresses embedded in the data stream When the ZyXEL Device registers with the SIP register server the SIP ALG translates the ZyXEL Device s private IP address inside the SIP data stream to a public IP address You do not need to use STUN or an outbound proxy see Chapter 9 on page 127 if your ZyXEL Device is behind a SIP ALG 8 2 NAT Screens 8 2 1 NAT General Screen Use this screen to enable and disable NAT and to allocate memory for NAT and firewall rules To access this screen click Network gt
146. MAC address of the computer to which you want the ZyXEL Device to assign the same IP address IP Address Enter the IP address you want the ZyXEL Device to assign to the computer Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 7 2 4 LAN Client List Screen LES This screen is empty if the DHCP server is not enabled You can enable it in Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup Use this screen to look at the IP addresses the ZyXEL Device has assigned to DHCP clients on the LAN To access this screen click Network gt LAN gt Client List Figure 58 Network gt LAN gt Client List Client List DHCP Client Table EA IP Address HostName MAC Address 192 168 1 33 tw11477 02 00 50 8d 48 59 1f Apply Refresh Each field is described in the following table Table 47 Network gt LAN gt Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value It is not associated with a specific entry IP Address This field displays the IP address the ZyXEL Device assigned to the computer Host Name This field displays the system name of the computer to which the ZyXEL Device assigned the IP address MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of the computer to which the ZyXEL Device assigned the IP address Reserve Select this if you always want to assign this IP address to this MAC address
147. N Figure 52 Network gt WAN gt Advanced DNS Servers First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast Windows Networking Allow Trigger Dia IV Allow between LAN and WAN You also need to create a firewall rule From ISP X From ISP From ISP y None bus RIP 1 None hi NetBIOS over TCP IP Each field is described in the following table Table 42 Network gt WAN gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION DNS Servers DNS Domain Name System manages the relationships between domain names and IP addresses Without a DNS server you must know the IP address of the computer you want to access before you access it First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information In this case the ISP assigns the WAN IP address too See Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection The field to the right is read only and it displays the IP address provided by your ISP Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server You might get it from your ISP or from your network Enter the IP address in the field to the right Select None if you do not want to use this DNS server If you select None for all of the DNS servers you must use IP addresses to configure the ZyXEL Device and to access the Internet RIP amp Multicast
148. NAT gt General Figure 63 Network gt NAT gt General NAT Setup M Enable Network Address Translation Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 2048 Apply Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 NAT Each field is described in the following table Table 50 Network gt NAT gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION NAT Setup Enable Network Select this if you want to use port forwarding trigger ports or any of the ALG Address Translation Max NAT Firewall Session Per User When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing applications they may use a large number of NAT sessions If you do not limit the number of NAT sessions a single client can establish this can result in all of the available NAT sessions being used In this case no additional NAT sessions can be established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT firewall sessions each client computer can establish through the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is using all of the available NAT sessions
149. NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname LES If you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynamic DNS 22 2 3 Dynamic DNS Screen To access this screen click Maintenance gt System gt Dynamic DNS P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 255 Chapter 22 System Figure 178 Maintenance gt System gt Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Setup Enable Dynamic DNS Service Provider Dynamic DNS Type Host Name User Name Password WM DynDNS ORG Dynamic DNS x Enable Wildcard Option Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address
150. No Protocol PR pl ide T TES Device 192 16812 Pot Name IP 182 168 Adapter Type To complete thi wizard click Finish 13 Repeat steps 1 to 12 to add this printer to other somputers on your network 20 4 Print Server Screen The print server screen is used to confirm that the ZyXEL Device and the USB printer are able to communicate successfully Click the Print Server link under Management to display the Print Server screen Figure 151 Configuring Print Server Print Server Print Device Name Print Model Name Print Port Status PrintServer EPSON Stylus C43 Ready Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 103 Configuring Print Server LABEL DESCRIPTION Print Device Name Type a Print Device Name of up to 31 printable characters for recognition of the associated printer on the print server network This name is displayed on a computer on the print server network when a print job is executed Print Model Name This displays the model name of the printer currently connected to the ZyXEL Device print server P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Table 103 Configuring Print Server LABEL DESCRIPTION Print Port Status This field displays the print server status on the ZyXEL Device Ready The print server has established a TCP IP connection with a printer
151. OK Refer to your printer documentation for the LPR queue name Some printer models accept any name you want to use in this case you can enter a short descriptive name for the Queue Name Figure 149 Custom Port Settings Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor 2 x Port Settings Port Name P1 92 168 1 2 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 2 C Raw LPR r Protocol m Raw Settings Port Number 5 00 LPR Settings Queue Name Ip1 LPR Byte Counting Enabled SNMP Status Enabled Community Name pubic SNMP Device Index fC 12 Continue through the wizard apply your settings and close the wizard window P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 150 Finish Adding the TCP IP Port Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard XJ Additional Post Inomation Required The device could not be identified The device i nol lound on the network Be swe that configured A The address on the previous page is conect li you think the address is not conect click Back to etum to the previews page Then comect the address and petkom another search on the nelword T you arn sare tt sidas i commu select the device type below Device Type Standen uom Srg e telected a por wath the Holong charactenite sie te T cone j rNENEEERES xi pens the Add Standard IP Printer Port Wizard SNMP
152. OP The ZyXEL Device is hanging up disconnecting the current call DISC The ZyXEL Device has hung up N A There is no phone connected to this phone port Codec This field displays the type of voice compression used in the current call Peer Number If the current call is a peer to peer call this field displays the SIP number of the other party Otherwise it displays N A Duration This field displays how long the current call has lasted Tx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has transmitted in the current call Rx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has received in the current call Tx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has transmitted packets in the current call The rate is the number of kilobits transmitted one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed Rx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has received packets in the current call The rate is the number of kilobits received one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed Poll Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen and click Set Interval Set Interval Click this to make the ZyXEL Device update the screen based on the amount of time you specified in Poll Interval Stop Click this to make the ZyXEL Device stop updating the screen 4 5 BW MGMT Monitor Window To access this sc
153. P 2302HWUDL P7 Series 802 119 Wireless VoIP Station Gateway with Built in DECT Base Station User s Guide Version 3 60 10 2006 Edition 1 ZyXEL www zyxel com About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology Related Documentation Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access Supporting Disk Refer to the included CD for support documents ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications User Guide Feedback Help us help you Send all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to the following address or use e mail instead Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan E mail techwriters zyxel com tw P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 3 Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User s Guide lt gt Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device BES Notes tell
154. P service provider 10 1 3 1 The Flash Key Flashing means to press the hook for a short period of time a few hundred milliseconds before releasing it On newer telephones there should be a flash key button that generates the signal electronically If the flash key is not available you can tap press and immediately release the hook by hand to achieve the same effect However using the flash key is preferred since the timing is much more precise The ZyXEL Device may interpret manual tapping as hanging up if the duration is too long You can invoke all the supplementary services by using the flash key 10 1 3 2 Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services 10 1 3 2 1 This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the Europe Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 60 European Type Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call Switch back to the call if there is no second call Flash 0 Drop the call presently on hold or reject an incoming call which is waiting for answer Flash 1 Disconnect the current phone connection and answer the incoming call or resume with caller presentl
155. PC_newworker Workgroup ZYXEL To use the Network Identification Wizard to join a domain and create a local user click Network ID Naek To rename this computer or join a domain click Properties Properties Cancel Apply 21 3 User Accounts The ZyXEL Device requires that a user enter a user name and password in order to access files on the USB storage device When you browse to the ZyXEL Device you are prompted for a user name and password before you can access files on the USB storage device Figure 172 File Sharing Login Incorrect password or unknown username for 44192 168 1 1 Cancel Connect As Password Once logged in you do not have to re login until you restart the computer even if the administrator changes the username and password 21 4 File Sharing General Screen Use this screen to set up file sharing via the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Management gt File Sharing P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 21 File Sharing Figure 173 Management gt File Sharing Server Configuration IV Enable File Sharing Services Workgroup Name WORKGROUP System Code Page cpa37 United States 7 User Configuration Setting M Active User Name user Password mm Retype to Confirm zz Default Share Directory List re a Ere Name Share Directory 1 usbdisk1 fusbdisk1 usbdisk2 fusbdisk2 Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table
156. Port 80 241100008 WEB Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100009 WEB Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 337 Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Command Examples The following are example Internal SPTGEN screens associated with the ZyXEL Device s command interpreter commands Table 154 Command Examples 2 gdmt 3 multimo de FIN FN PVA INPUT ci command for annex a wan adsl opencmd FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD lt O glite 1 t1 413 3 12 gdmt 3 multim ode gt ci command for annex B wan adsl opencmd FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD lt 0 etsi 1 normal 3 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Services The following table lists some commonly used services and their associated protocols and port numbers Name This is a short descriptive name for the service You can use this one or create a different one if you like Protocol This is the type of IP protocol used by the service If this is TCP UDP then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP If this is User Defined the Port s is the IP protocol number not the port number Port s This value depends on the Protocol Ifthe Protocol is TCP UDP or TCP UDP this is the IP port number Ifthe Protocol is User Defined this is the IP pr
157. Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer eieseeseeseeeeeeeen enitn mina 236 Figure 155 Add Printer Wizard Select the Printer Port sese essen ennt nnn 237 Figure 156 Add Printer Wizard Printer DEVE duisi cer entr tv ne ti PERI QUE CopEOR RE EH PULS PL HER TORO ER EOL UE HURUA 237 Figure 157 Add Printer Wizard Use Existing DAVOT iuc ttt rtt tnnt te ptt REX nth ea tnt 238 Figure 158 Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer eese eese ren rn nna nnn tn amara tn annu Enna 238 Figure 158 Add Printer Wizard Printer Sharing isset portet ke bct dti perte dae abre aiina 239 Figure 160 Add Printer Wizard Print Test Pags 15 steer rl son to od Lai opti a o daa 239 Figure TOT Add Printer Wizard Complot oso betebm ise coole neri bets br o ey RN 240 Figure 162 WIS HD e 240 Figure 163 Macintosh AD TOME 2 oscene saver lp ttc bn kt arn p i eatin ulin Fk b a nabh tte vienna 240 Figure 164 Applicaions FOIE osse bri dui ube i RM M rH REM EAM 241 xc cmi i CC al FONT e 241 Figure TOR Printer List Foder any anne pssst Sapna it ia Mapa ats pelt Diodes aad Lupa Heed etapa ee Wid 241 Figure 167 Printer COMIQUIAUION e 242 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure ToS Pitter MOSS 1ioidexadaze qti aqaa dat adt a Fa a tg E ab HRS RS RO t 242 Pp Ue TOS PRUE oN eT 242 Figure 178 File Sharing OVOlVIDW saviszecievsssccderssumeecqevvaceadervessceduvisenecdunynarcediv
158. S S S n S X X n 9 35 Figure S ZyXEL Device s Router FOSIUEBS sirop i er inntian ARASON 35 Figure 6 LEDS sicissiccurssenceaarvvaeedievsvouredonvraaiaeadistas A asc gece ungeiaaivecdn nsec tice 37 P EMI TIT TR 40 Figu g Change Password Sorea Me 40 Pai o calb MOUS OCOT saia anA 41 FOUS IO Nan TEN e 42 Figure TI Main Wizard bec e 47 Figure T2 Connection Wizard gt Welcome siscsecssi sine de b iaa 49 Figure 13 Connection Wizard gt System Informatio inisesin iiinn 49 Figure 14 Connection Wizard gt ISP Parameters Ethernet centes 50 Figure 15 Connection Wizard gt ISP Parameters PPPOE Lieu iussis rer kan Ra t rna 51 Figure 16 Connection Wizard gt IF obo oce 52 Figure 17 Connection Wizard gt IP Address Ethernet eese nennen nennen nena 53 Figure 18 Connection Wizard gt IP Address PPPOE c cccccceseccceerseseceeeeenseeseneesneaceeeeneeeceeaneneseee 54 Figure 19 Connection Wizard gt MAC Addigas csscsscccsssssvencssstissncacerssss seenior ansien annerri rec aep en 55 Faw 20 Conneccion Wizard FIBA asuizupcc sip pta ERVR COR MERE D ESVERR HEAR R ROSE CLA EE RAE o RS US R 56 Figure 21 VolP Setup Wizard SIP Settings icc creer ci em bete rp beo pl Tp RRBPrEI TEM ER PAP E 57 Figure 22 VolP Setup Wizard gt Registration TeSt ieceseseecseee ttr tit diet ttd detti a deter t ei pct teur 58 Figure 23 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Success
159. SIP URI Uniform Resource Identifier A SIP account s URI identifies the SIP account in a way similar to the way an e mail address identifies an e mail account The format of a SIP identity is SIP Number SIP Service Domain 9 1 3 1 SIP Number The SIP number is the part of the SIP URI that comes before the symbol A SIP number can use letters like in an e mail address johndoe your ITSP com for example or numbers like a telephone number 1122334455 VoIP provider com for example P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP 9 1 3 2 SIP Service Domain The SIP service domain of the VoIP service provider the company that lets you make phone calls over the Internet is the domain name in a SIP URI For example if the SIP address is 1122334455 a VoIP provider com then VoIP provider com is the SIP service domain 9 1 4 SIP Call Progression The following figure displays the basic steps in the setup and tear down of a SIP call A calls B Table 55 SIP Call Progression A B 1 INVITE 2 Ringing 4 ACK i 5 Dialogue voice traffic 6 BYE oll s an IOK A sends a SIP INVITE request to B This message is an invitation for B to participate in a SIP telephone call B sends a response indicating that the telephone is ringing B sends an OK response after the call is answered A then send
160. See Section 4 6 on page VoIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You have to register SIP accounts with a SIP server to use VoIP If the SIP account is already registered with the SIP server Click Unregister to delete the SIP account s registration in the SIP server This does not cancel your SIP account but it deletes the mapping between your SIP identity and your IP address or domain name The second field displays Registered If the SIP account is not registered with the SIP server Click Register to have the ZyXEL Device attempt to register the SIP account with the SIP server The second field displays the reason the account is not registered Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in VoIP SIP SIP Settings Not Register The SIP account is active but you have not tried to register it yet Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens 4 2 Any IP Table Window To access this screen open the Status screen see Section 4 1 on page 67 and click Details
161. Series User s Guide Phone Book Use these screens to maintain call forwarding rules and speed dial settings 11 1 Phone Book Screens 11 1 1 Incoming Call Policy Screen Use this screen to maintain rules for handling incoming calls You can block redirect or accept them To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Figure 85 VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Incoming Call Policy Table Number Table 1 Forward to Number Setup Unconditional Forward to Number Busy Forward to Number No Answer Forward to Number No Answer Waiting Time 5 Second Advanced Setup Fe Activate Incoming Call Number Forward to Number Condition 1 Ci Unconditional 7 Unconditional Unconditional Unconditional Unconditional 7 Unconditional Unconditional Unconditional Unconditional Unconditional 2 L1 IB CI ICE CI ICH C ILE EI P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 155 Chapter 11 Phone Book You can create two sets of call forwarding rules Each one is stored in a call forwarding table Each field is described in the following table Table 68 VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy LABEL DESCRIPTION Table Number Select the call forwarding table you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes Forward to Number Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules in the order i
162. Setup RIP Direction Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device sends and receives on the subnet None The ZyXEL Device does not send or receive routing information on the subnet Both The ZyXEL Device sends and receives routing information on the subnet In Only The ZyXEL Device only receives routing information on the subnet Out Only The ZyXEL Device only sends routing information on the subnet RIP Version Select which version of RIP the ZyXEL Device uses when it sends or receives information on the subnet RIP 1 The ZyXEL Device uses RIPv1 to exchange routing information RIP 2B The ZyXEL Device broadcasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information RIP 2M The ZyXEL Device multicasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Table 42 Network gt WAN gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Multicast Select which version of IGMP the ZyXEL Device uses to support multicasting on the WAN Multicasting sends packets to some computers on the WAN and is an alternative to unicasting sending packets to one computer and broadcasting sending packets to every computer None The ZyXEL Device does not support multicasting IGMP v1 The ZyXEL Device supports IGMP version 1 IGMP v2 The ZyXEL Device supports IGMP version 2 Multicasting can improve overall network performance However it requires extra processing and gene
163. T2 Table 48 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias S 113 Table 49 Network gt LAN c AVANCE sesicccciccsctcces sccreccsriaieeourdsouienbnarseee RON EE E EATA E NEE 115 Er cnl Network NAT gt GENEA 120 Table 5T Network gt NAT Port Forwarding aicictotoukbreidexkbep EIN pel EP FEUS QUAKE IH NUR a Fb FRU aE Ebr kon dS AE FEEEN 121 Table 52 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edit 2 2iiieceein tereti dde ttd deti 122 Table 53 Network gt NAT gt MGR PORE 2aunuanstisdcdiiaa zu epa adi nnda aa hath nd nd a ada 123 Table 34 Network ce BEST UGS Lassnetoads teh nak Cr nixa Ree ex FERRE E ERE Ud aEFR PE NRRAEE PRU LU d eo NER pL E Kd 123 Table 90 SIP CaA Progos SiOn E 128 Tale 9G Custom Tones DoE 12 9 edad ket e t AEEA ENA A SENTE EAEE EASES RO EAE dta n 132 Table 57 VolP gt SIP gt SIP SQUINGS ccccsccccscstcsssecanasessscsncnaadued ini E E A E 135 Table 58 VolP gt SIP gt SIF Settings gt Advanced ei edo ioa ad ei Rita oaa avt a 137 gr 58 dc clt em 140 Table a0 European Type Flash Key COTDTBIIS 2 cicieissscchseiissesscutereneis see ia tRU d 002 Sent FIT EREEL icap Fave 142 Table 61 USA Type Flash Key Commands auuuacecizseeesecinei ha dbda d cuta ER hd qna Race end n Ez had 143 Table 62 VolP Phone gt Anelog E HORIB 1usaieerkoto E EFHI Qu CEDE eb FREE Re PEPER S Seer YER ERE Ert R NS er FCR EH RER RUIN 145 Table 63 VoIP gt Phone gt Analog
164. TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other POP3S TCP 995 This is a more secure version of POP3 that runs over SSL PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix G Services Table 155 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION PPTP_TUNNEL User Defined 47 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol GRE enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login ROADRUNNER TCP UDP 1026 This is an ISP that provides services mainly for cable modems RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 The Simple File Transfer Protocol is an old way of transferring files between computers SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SMTPS TCP 465 This is
165. To access this screen click Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Figure 50 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Roadrunner Internet Connection ISP Parameters for Internet Access Encapsulation ethernet e Service Type RR Toshiba User Name EN Password pee ooo Retype to Confirm pee oo Login Server IP Address ooo WAN MAC Address Spoof WAN MAC Address Clone the computer s MAC address IP Address i Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 40 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Roadrunner LABEL DESCRIPTION ISP Parameters for Internet Access Encapsulation Select Ethernet Service Type Select the Roadrunner service provided by your ISP User Name Enter the user name provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Retype to Confirm Retype your password to make sure you entered it correctly Login Server IP Enter the IP address of the login server provided by your ISP Address WAN MAC Address Spoof WAN MAC Select this if you do not want to use the default MAC address for the ZyXEL Address Device Clone the This field is enabled if you select Spoof WAN MAC Address computer s MAC Enter the IP address of the computer whose MAC address you want the ZyXEL address IP Device to use instead
166. Using the K Desktop Environment KDE Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address using the KDE 1 Click the Red Hat button located on the bottom left corner select System Setting and click Network Figure 219 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices File Profile Help 9 4 l5 gQ x New Edit Copy Delete Activate Deactivate Devices Hardware DNS Hosts A You may configure network devices associated with 4 physical hardware here Multiple logical devices can be T associated with a single piece of hardware Profile Status Device Nickname Type X Inactive ethO ethO edit Device 2 Double click on the profile of the network card you wish to configure The Ethernet Device General screen displays as shown P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 317 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 220 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Ethernet Device General WY Ethernet Device mx General Route Hardware Device Nickname etho lt Activate device when computer starts Allow all users to enable and disable the device Automatically obtain IP address settings with dhcp DHCP Settings Hostname optional 4 Automatically obtain DNS information from provider C Statically set IP addresses Manual IP Address Settings Address Subnet Mask
167. Windows Update Controllers Game 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 212 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Qe E 2 JO Search Folders Ei e Network Connections LANorHigh Speed Internet ocal Area Connection nabled Network Tasks E Create a new connection ard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte Set up a home or small Disable office network amp Disable this network ered device Repair DN Repair this connection Bridge Connections i Rename this connection View status of this connection Create Shortcut Change settings of this Rename connection Properties 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and then click Properties Figure 213 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties 4 Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using l E9 Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethemet Adapter This connection uses the following items E Client for Microsoft Networks mr File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks v vi Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol tha
168. Wireless LAN General screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN Figure 37 Wireless LAN General General Wireless Setup M Enable Wireless LAN Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Security Security Mode No Security Apply Cancel The following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen Table 30 Wireless LAN General LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Click the check box to activate wireless LAN Wireless LAN Name SSID Service Set IDentity The SSID identifies the Service Set with which a wireless station is associated Wireless stations associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Channel If two wireless networks overlap they should use a different channel Selection Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses
169. Wizard gt MAC Address Connection Wizard L STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 fli Internet Configuration Factory default Spoof this computer s MAC Address ieee igs ee 1 92 168 1 33 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 12 Connection Wizard gt MAC Address LABEL DESCRIPTION Factory default Select this if you want to use the default MAC address for the ZyXEL Device Spoof this Select this if you do not want to use the default MAC address for the ZyXEL computer s MAC Device Address IP Address This field is enabled if you select Spoof WAN MAC Address Enter the IP address of the computer whose MAC address you want the ZyXEL Device to use instead of the default MAC address lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to configure the ZyXEL Device and go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 2 7 Finish Figure 20 Connection Wizard gt Finish Connection Wizard Congratulation The Connection Wizard configuration is complete Please press Finish button to complete Connection Wizard Check our exciting range of ZyXEL products atwww zyxel com settings in thi yur wizard entrie rr still cannot access the Internet then check that count is ac t the setting 0 E ard are correc
170. ZyXEL Device Firewall The ZyXEL Device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against Denial of Service attacks when activated The ZyXEL Device s purpose is to allow a private Local Area Network LAN to be securely connected to the Internet The ZyXEL Device can be used to prevent theft destruction and modification of data as well as log events which may be important to the security of your network The ZyXEL Device is installed between the LAN and a broadband modem connecting to the Internet This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and the LAN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewall The ZyXEL Device has one Ethernet WAN port and four Ethernet LAN ports which are used to physically separate the network into two areas The WAN Wide Area Network port attaches to the broadband cable or DSL modem to the Internet The LAN Local Area Network port attaches to a network of computers which needs security from the outside world These computers will have access to Internet services such as e mail FTP and the World Wide Web However inbound access is not allowed by default unless the remote host is authorized to use a specific service 14 1 3 Guidelines For Enhancing Security With Your Firewall 1 Change the default password via web configurator Think about access control before you connect to the network in any way including attac
171. able Wireless LAN Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Security Security Mode Static WEP 7 Passphrase WEP Encryption 128 bit WEP z Authentication Method X Note 64 bit WEP Enter 5 ASCII characters or 10 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for each Key 1 4 128 bit WEP Enter 13 ASCII characters or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for each Key 1 4 256 bit WEP Enter 29 ASCII characters or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for each Key 1 4 Select one WEP key as an active key to encrypt wireless data transmission Ascii C Hex keyi _ NE C Key2 um I C Key 3 7 C Key4 R Apply Cancel The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 32 Wireless Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box Passphrase Enter a Passphrase up to 32 printable characters and clicking Generate The ZyXEL Device automatically generates a WEP key WEP Select 64 bit WEP 128 bit WEP or 256 bit WEP to specify data encryption Encryption Authentication This field specifies whether the wireless clients have to provide the WEP key to login Method to the wireless client Keep this setting at Auto or Open System unless you want to force a key verification before communication between the wireless client and the ZyXEL Device occurs Select Shared Key to force the c
172. ach other s presence This may cause them to send information to the AP at the same time and result in information colliding and not getting through By setting this value lower than the default value the wireless devices must sometimes get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device The lower the value the more often the devices must get permission If this value is greater than the fragmentation threshold value see below then wireless devices never have to get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device Authentication The process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network Max Frame Burst Enable this to improve the performance of both pure IEEE 802 11g and mixed IEEE 802 11b g networks Maximum Frame Burst sets the maximum time that the ZyXEL Device transmits IEEE 802 11g wireless traffic only Fragmentation A small fragmentation threshold is recommended for busy networks while a Threshold larger threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy 5 4 General WLAN Screen BS If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the
173. all hold 142 144 call rules and VoIP trunking 163 call service mode 142 143 153 call transfer 143 144 call waiting 143 144 certifications 343 notices 344 viewing 344 changing the password 40 CIFS Common Internet File System 244 circuit switched telephone networks 127 Class of Service CoS 133 client server protocol and SIP 128 codec coder decoder 131 codecs and required bandwidth 132 and VoIP 131 hybrid waveform 132 waveform 131 coder decoder see also codecs 131 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide LJ Index command interface 210 Common Internet File System CIFS 244 computer s IP address 307 configuration successful upload 277 web configurator 275 contact information 347 content filtering 187 188 189 scheduling 187 copyright 343 CoS 133 CoS Class of Service 133 cost of transmission and WAN 101 custom tones 132 139 customer support 347 D data screening 179 DECT 147 and flashing 150 and PIN for registration 148 and PSTN 150 and SIP 150 and supplementary services 150 and VoIP 150 base station 147 base station button 147 base station reset 149 external calls 150 handset 147 internal calls 150 phone registration 147 phone usage 149 security 148 SIP line assignment 151 web configurator 150 DECT Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications 34 default LAN IP address 39 management IP address 287 management subnet mask 287 password 40 287 settings 41 static route 194 DHCP
174. alog Phone Setup Screen Use this screen to edit advanced settings for each phone port To access this screen click Advanced Setup in VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone Figure 77 VolP gt Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced Analog Phone 1 Voice Volume Control Speaking Volume 1 Min 7 Listening Volume 1 Min Echo Cancellation G 168 Active Dialing Interval Select Dialing Interval Select 3 7 vAD Support Back Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 63 VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Analog Phone This field displays the phone port you see in this screen Voice Volume Control Speaking Volume Enter the loudness that the ZyXEL Device uses for speech that it sends to the peer device 1 is the quietest and 1 is the loudest Listening Volume Enter the loudness that the ZyXEL Device uses for speech that it receives from the peer device 1 is the quietest and 1 is the loudest Echo Cancellation G 168 Active Select this if you want to eliminate the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk Dialing Interval Select Dialing Interval Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait after you stop dialing Select numbers before it makes the phone call The value depends
175. among the classes that require more bandwidth 17 1 7 3 Priority based Allotment of Unused amp Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the priorities of the bandwidth classes and the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 86 Priority based Allotment of Unused amp Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES PRIORITIES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration Priority 4 1024 kbps Sales Priority 6 3584 kbps Marketing Priority 6 3584 kbps Research Priority 5 2048 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The sales and marketing are first to get extra bandwidth because they have the highest priority 6 If they each require 1536 kbps or more of extra bandwidth the ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally between the sales and marketing departments 1536 kbps extra to each for a total of 3584 kbps for each because they both have the highest priority level Research requires more bandwidth but only gets its budgeted 2048 kbps because all of the unbudgeted and unused bandwidth goes to the higher priority sales and marketing classes 17 1 7 4 Fairness based Allotment of Unused amp Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the amount of bandwid
176. anaged by bandwidth management Speed Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using bandwidth management The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the LAN interface speed to 10000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 10 Mbps You can set this number higher than the interface s actual transmission speed This will stop lower priority traffic from being sent if higher priority traffic uses all of the actual bandwidth You can also set this number lower than the interface s actual transmission speed If you do not enable Max Bandwidth Usage this will cause the ZyXEL Device to not use some of the interface s available bandwidth This field is not affected by the Bandwidth Management Wizard Scheduler Select Priority Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities Select Fairness Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally Maximize Bandwidth Usage Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to divide any unallocated and unused bandwidth among bandwidth classes that require bandwidth Clear this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth class or if you want to limit the speed of this interface WAN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT Table 90 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Summary
177. anced settings 135 and codecs 131 and DECT 150 and echo cancellation 141 and frequencies 132 and NAT 130 138 and outbound proxy 131 and PSTN 159 and QoS 127 133 134 139 and required bandwidth 132 and sound quality 131 and the phone 141 and ToS 134 and VLAN 134 139 and web configurator 134 overview 127 peer to peer calls 157 phone book 155 wizard setup 57 VoIP and SIP 127 VoIP features 33 VoIP links 161 VoIP trunking 34 161 and security 161 call rules 163 detailed example 169 170 171 172 174 examples 163 164 how it works 161 overview 161 peer authentication 166 peer calls 165 scenarios 163 164 SIP settings 164 web configurator 164 WwW WAN 95 advanced setup 102 and backup gateway 104 and cost of transmission 101 and DNS 255 and encapsulation 98 and firewall 103 and heartbeat packets 97 and IGMP 103 and ISP 95 97 and MAC address 96 and metric 101 and multicasting 103 and NetBIOS 103 and PPPoE 95 99 and remote management 209 and traffic redirect 103 firewall 180 idle timeout 100 IP address 52 95 nailed up connection 100 overview 95 web configurator 97 WAN Wide Area Network 52 warranty 345 note 345 waveform codec 131 web configurator 39 and bandwidth management 203 and DECT phone 150 and LAN 110 and NAT 119 and PSTN 160 and VoIP 134 and VoIP trunking 164 and WAN 97 and WLAN 82 default URL 39 firewall 183 navigation 42 OTIST 89 status bar 45 wizard setup 47 weight 287 WEP encrypt
178. andwidth MGMT gt Monitor LABEL DESCRIPTION Interface Select the interface at which you want to look in this screen Class Name This field displays the name of each bandwidth class in the selected interface The Default Class represents all the bandwidth in the Root Class that is not allocated to bandwidth classes If you do not select Maximize bandwidth usage in the Bandwidth Management Summary Screen the ZyXEL Device uses the bandwidth in this default class to only send traffic that does not match any of the bandwidth classes If you allocate all the root class s bandwidth to bandwidth classes the Default Class still displays a budget of 2 kbps the minimum amount of bandwidth that can be assigned to a bandwidth class Budget kbps This field displays the amount of bandwidth allocated to each bandwidth class Current Usage kbps This field displays the amount of bandwidth that each bandwidth class is using Refresh Click Refresh to update the screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Remote MGMT Use these screens to control which computers can use which services to access the ZyXEL Device on each interface 18 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface if any from which computers You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via Table 94 Internet WAN only
179. ant to show SPTGEN usage Actual menus for your product may differ Internal SPTGEN Overview Internal SPTGEN System Parameter Table Generator is a configuration text file useful for efficient configuration of multiple ZyXEL Devices Internal SPTGEN lets you configure save and upload multiple menus at the same time using just one configuration text file eliminating the need to navigate and configure individual screens for each ZyXEL Device You can use FTP to get the Internal SPTGEN file Then edit the file in a text editor and use FTP to upload it again to the same device or another one See the following sections for details The Configuration Text File Format All Internal SPTGEN text files conform to the following format lt field identification number field name parameter values allowed input where input is your input conforming to parameter values allowed The figure shown next is an example of an Internal SPTGEN text file Figure 228 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions Menu 1 General Setup 10000000 Configured 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000001 System Name Str Your Device 10000002 Location Str B 10000003 Contact Person s Name Str d 10000004 Route IP 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000005 Route IPX lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 10000006 Bridge 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 323 Appendix F Internal SPTGEN
180. appears Figure 185 Firmware Upload Error system Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return Click Return to go back to the Firmware Screen 24 2 3 Configuration Screen Use this screen to back up or restore the configuration of the ZyXEL Device You can also use this screen to reset the ZyXEL Device to the factory default settings To access this screen click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Figure 186 Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to save the current configuration of your system to your computer Backup Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file to your system browse to the location of the configuration file and click Upload File Path Browse Upload Back to Factory Defaults Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration information and return to factory defaults After resetting the Password will be 1234 LAN IP address will be 192 168 1 1 DHCP will be reset to server Reset Each field is described in the following table Table 128 Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Configuration Backup Click this to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your device is configured and
181. at you enter in the DHCP setup are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The first is for an ISP to tell a customer the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when s he signs up If your ISP gives you the DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in DHCP Setup otherwise leave them blank Some ISPs choose to pass the DNS servers using the DNS server extensions of PPP IPCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature If the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields in the LAN Setup screen are not specified for instance left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients that it itself is the DNS server When a computer sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses the IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you en
182. ate bandwidth classes based on individual applications like VoIP Web FTP E mail and Video for example 17 1 4 Subnet based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets The following figure shows LAN subnets You could configure one bandwidth class for subnet A and another for subnet B Figure 114 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example Subnet A EN LAN WAN Subnet A 320 kbps Subnet B 320 kbps vet 17 1 5 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combination of a subnet and an application The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific traffic from separate LAN subnets Table 84 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example TRAFFIC TYPE FROM SUBNET A FROM SUBNET B VoIP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Web 64 Kbps 64 Kbps FTP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps E mail 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Video 64 Kbps 64 Kbps 17 1 6 Scheduler The scheduler divides up an interface s bandwidth among the bandwidth classes The ZyXEL Device has two types of schedulers fairness based and priority based P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT With the priority based scheduler the ZyXEL Device forwards traffic from bandwidth classes according to the priorities that you assign to the bandwidth classes The larger a bandwidth class s priority number is the higher the priority
183. ates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events 18 3 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II that is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance 18 3 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 98 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting power on 1 warmstart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting software reboot 4 authenticationFailure defined in A trap is sent to the manager when receiving any RFC 1215 SNMP get or set requirements with the wrong community password 6 whyReboot defined in ZYXEL A trap is sent with the reason of restart before MIB rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files Cl command sys reboot etc 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the system reboots because of fatal errors 18 3 3 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings cl
184. ateway between your LAN and the Internet In an ideal network topology all incoming and outgoing network traffic passes through the ZyXEL Device to protect your LAN against attacks Figure 104 Ideal Firewall Setup WAN Internet A 14 2 1 The Triangle Route Problem A traffic route is a path for sending or receiving data packets between two Ethernet devices You may have more than one connection to the Internet through one or more ISPs If an alternate gateway is on the LAN and its IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address the triangle route also called asymmetrical route problem may occur The steps below describe the triangle route problem 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending out a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewall 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the SYN packet through Gateway A on the LAN to the WAN 3 The reply from the WAN goes directly to the computer on the LAN without going through the ZyXEL Device As a result the ZyXEL Device resets the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged Figure 105 Triangle Route Problem Internet 14 2 2 Solving the Triangle Route Problem If you have the ZyXEL Device allow triangle route sessions traffic from the WAN can go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the ZyXEL Device and its firewall protect
185. aversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application Allow UPnP to Select this to allow traffic from UPnP enabled applications to bypass the firewall pass through Clear this if you want the firewall to check UPnP application packets for example Firewall MSN packets Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 227 Chapter 19 UPnP P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Sharing a USB Printer This chapter describes how you can share a USB printer via your ZyXEL Device 20 1 Overview The ZyXEL Device allows you to share a USB printer on your LAN You can do this by connecting a USB printer to one of the USB ports on the ZyXEL Device and then configuring a TCP IP port on the computers connected to your network Figure 141 Sharing a USB Printer The computers on your network must have the printer software already installed before they can create a TCP IP port for printing via the network Follow your printer manufacturers instructions on how to install the printer software on your computer See Section 20 5 on page 235 for an example of adding a printer 20 2 Requirements T
186. ble Account 13 9 3 Configuration Details Incoming The branch office ZyXEL Device needs to have an incoming authentication account configured This consists of a username and password This account must match the username and password of the outgoing authentication account of the headquarters ZyXEL Device This can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call screen Figure 102 PSTN to PSTN Example Incoming Authentication General Peer Call Call Rule Outgoing Authentication SS ee EA mu OH e 2 sp Be SF FF NL Ri S i p IIT s ua e LUPIS D eT oe ITO pad e n Bi A Incoming Authentication Je Username Password i headquarters pereeers z P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking 13 9 4 Call Progression Table 77 PSTN to PSTN VoIP Trunking Call Progression The call is initiated by the manager dialing into the headquarter s ZyXEL Device via PSTN In this scenario a VoIP link is established between headquarters and the branch office and then the call is forwarded to Sales1 using PSTN MANAGER HEADQUARTERS BRANCH OFFICE SALES1 The manager dials the PSTN number of the headquarters ZyXEL Device 222 222 2222 a EE enabled The ZyXEL Device receives the call and sends a ringback alert tone to indicate to the caller that VoIP trunking is 1234 The
187. ble 9 Enable Q Prompt E Scripting of Java applets h J Llenar fukhanticstian Reset custom settings Reset to Medium Y Reset J 25 6 3 Java Permissions From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Microsoft VM Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected Click OK to close the window ah wD Figure 202 Security Settings Java Security Settings 2 xi Settings Q Disable 9 Enable E Font download Q Disable 9 Enable B Q Prompt 3 Microsoft vM Java permissions Q Custom oF 9 High safety Q Low safety Reset to Medium bd Reset E Reset custom settings P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 297 Appendix B Pop Up Windows Java and JavaScript Permissions 25 6 3 1 JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 make sure that Use Java 2 for lt applet gt under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 203 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling E HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 O Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections Java Sun Use Java 2 1 4 1_07 for applet requires r
188. bound Proxy Keep Alive Interval fi 20 30 65535 sec MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Expiration Time 1800 1 65535 sec Fax Option G 711 Fax Passthrough C T 38 Fax Relay Call Forward Call Forward Table Table 1 z Caller Ringing Enable Caller Ringing Tone Default zl On Hold Enable On Hold Tone Default zl Back Apply Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP Each field is described in the following table Table 58 VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Account This field displays the SIP account you see in this screen SIP Server Settings URL Type Select whether or not to include the SIP service domain name when the ZyXEL Device sends the SIP number SIP include the SIP service domain name TEL do not include the SIP service domain name Expiration Enter the number of seconds your SIP account is registered with the SIP register Duration server before it is deleted The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to re register your SIP account when one half of this time has passed The SIP register server might have a different expiration Register Re send Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device waits before it tries again to timer register the SIP account if the first try failed or if there is no response Session Expires Enter the number of seconds the conversation can last before the call is automat
189. btain an IP address automatically Ifyou have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 208 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address TCP IP Properties ET 7 x Bindings Advanced NetBios DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address An IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below C Specify an IP address IV Detect connection to network media 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab f you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS f you know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 209 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration TCP IP Properties Em 2 x DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address a Bindings Advanced Netpios 5 6 7 Cancel Click the Gateway tab Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways f you have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Pr
190. c 224 Figure T37 MObNOIK Comboni ai csiasisiccacsaxteciaannateniasetaatannteai nn HM IE EIQ T Hr 225 Figure 138 Network Connections My Network Places eeeeseeeeseeeeeeessseee eee thna anni thna anna nana 226 Figure 139 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example sssssss 226 Figure 140 Management SHIP sous teietegee ribi edet buld ee eR EUN OE EMI bula d s EE ud nas bubesedue kd ed ect eu od eni itqus 227 Figure T4 Sharpg e USB PN 15 52 0 9 1 3 ERLPAUSSIWa IG EIU HT ROSSI dU ES HR RR S det iade 229 Figure 142 Open Printers WINGOW SW P 230 Figure 143 Open Printer Properties usseeiseesaivei epa itu AE EET EPIRI entrar Feb ERE QUK co DATI EE bn iA vba EE Ni 231 Figure 144 Printer Properes VIEW Ciiasdecodtieccendoddlen steve dado Mag tesa ca da add exa 231 Foue T13 Aad a hao amigo Mee 231 Figure T46 Add POM VIZOR sirosis a os da E ia 232 Figure 147 Enter IP Address of the ZyXEL Device 1s euenit ki kc cid kn rk n En Dk kk 232 Figure 149 SE CINQUE er e 233 Figure TAS Listen POCO BIDEN eter een Ee t ada A oe Ato Le dunt uL ia ttre Pree et RR alba 233 Figure 150 Finish Adding tho TCP IP POr 2a oper ertet epa gn edt tak ER sat e ER e Ld 234 Figure 151 Configuring Print SQtIVGl T 234 EU 132 Pror FIOS WT I Tm 235 Figure 193 Add Printer Wizard VYeloUilb 1 xoi eu EHRPITdeevE pls EDS Er UR pUDH e ERR DUPIpe ER EID QeY E EADII IMPER UDIN dM MIU 236 Figure 154 Add
191. cable DNS Domain Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it The ZyXEL Device uses a system DNS server in the order you specify here to resolve domain names for VPN DDNS and the time server First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information In this case the ISP assigns the WAN IP address too See Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection The field to the right is read only and it displays the IP address provided by your ISP Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server You might get it from your ISP or from your network Enter the IP address in the field to the right Select None if you do not want to use this DNS server If you select None for all of the DNS servers you must use IP addresses to configure the ZyXEL Device and P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide to access the Internet Chapter 3 Wizard Setup Table 10 Connection Wizard gt IP Address Ethernet LABEL DESCRIPTION lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 2 5 2 PPPoE ES You cannot use the Connection Wizard if the PPP
192. cecee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 210 Table 96 Management gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet sess en nennen 211 Table 97 Management gt Remote MGMT gt FTP scccccececassssssanecassanoscasapanesssecaasinosaancentsnetcanstaossatonmacnnene 211 TARSOS SIP TADS EMIT mem 213 Table 99 Remote Management SNMP uie casita tanadandicsnanavtarsranadeuatinanaaabdccnaaaubsseranadesacctangaunvence 214 Table 100 Management gt Remote MGMT gt DNS 2 00 0 cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeceaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 215 Table 101 Management gt Remote MGMT gt Security cccecesseeceeeeeneeeseceenseeeecenenteeeeeeensneeseesensnees 216 Table Ads jet 227 Tae TOS Conigunng Prini Servel M 234 Table 104 Management gt File Sharing 21edadcesks cctmtaaeddcatvevadceansieaaccmmaneadestantanseceninduduacsataaedlecnantants sadn 246 Table 105 Maintenance gt System Genaral iusausiiider keit qe rtr casa eR Se e brkU poer road Seer inane 254 Table 106 Maintenance gt System gt Dynamic DNS eese eeseeenn nennen nnne then ente nna 256 Table 107 Pre defined NTP Time Servers 1 cece eect rennen nth n nah huh aa d AERA RA AAA RR AR Rd RARE Red 257 Table 108 Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting 1 iieieisceeszinme ne ertt tent adt dt etd adde 258 j is uil LOGS
193. cel Each field is described in the following table Table 97 Management Remote MGMT FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port Enter the port number this service can use to access the ZyXEL Device The computer must use the same port number Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 211 Chapter 18 Remote MGMT Table 97 Management gt Remote MGMT gt FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Secured Client IP Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Address Select Selected to only allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 18 3 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation BS SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured Figure 1
194. characters SIP Server Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server provided by your VoIP Address service provider You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters It does not matter whether the SIP server is a proxy redirect or register server SIP Service Enter the SIP service domain name In the full SIP URI like 1234 VolP Domain provider com this is the part after the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters Authentication User Name Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters Password Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII Extended set characters Check here to set up SIP2 settings This field is available in the SIP1 Settings screen Select this if you want to set up the SIP2 account as well as the SIP1 account Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to go to the next screen If you select Check here to set up SIP2 settings the SIP Settings screen appears again for SIP2 Otherwise the ZyXEL Device tries to register your SIP account s The following screen appears Figure 22 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Test SIP Registration Test in Process Please wait a moment about 2 Seconds Wait until it finishes Exit Click this to close t
195. ci dic en rnini ERA x ERGO EI eon adc Pana skit dod d C E 164 Figure 92 VolP Trunking gt Peer Call 24er preti tuor renati ord atus ipe ptu a Eutr Lie pe obe RE 166 Figure 2S VolP Tunkig Call RUO e 168 Figure 24 dcm ee E SA 169 Figure 95 VolP to PSTN Example Speed Dial Screen iussis ea cons ccaveahivdensesdensssaaasccersaeveamnoeeases 170 Figure 96 VoIP to PSTN Example Outgoing Authentication sssssse 170 Figure 97 VolP to PSTN Example Incoming Authentication esee eene 171 Figure 99 PSTN I0 PSTN EXImplb 121r aeo abc datos HOS HG aS RR EROR ss Add 172 Figure 99 PSTN to PSTN Example General Configuration esee enne nnn nnnaa 173 Figure 100 PSTN to PSTN Example Outgoing Authentication seeee 173 Figure TOT PSTN te PSTN Example Call Rule 1a ax eic d E aaa e doc n a a 174 Figure 102 PSTN to PSTN Example Incoming Authentication ccccessecseeeesseeceeeeestceeeeennenes 174 Figure 103 Firewall Rule DiraciionS M sauavienes 180 Figure 104 Ideal Rive vui cT 181 Figure 105 inangls Route Probie scssiesciccacgaessaiasaanenidaasecisatealenetuicsaiaesiuansedsananedabamenseriaaaaniaians 182 aer BED qv EE 183 Figure 107 Security gt Firewall gt General 225i ritmi Ehe rapta Ein Fir ki aE 183 Figure 108 Security gt Firewall
196. ck mt n cane E n 110 Figure 57 Network LAN gt Static DEG uunc dn eie ir rre retia repete exa da pL T Errata FEM pev 111 Figura 39 Mebvork LAM Giom LIST euussedisntesre o bon bed erc b vic Rete i o Mone donne es T2 Figure 59 Network LAN deor m 113 Figure 60 Network gt LAN EET co e 114 Figure 61 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseennsaneanaeenes 118 Figure 82 Trigger Port Forwarding Process Example 1 eerte tet rrr aree i eeir ieren arerin 118 Figure 63 Network gt NAT General iier o e re Ra ert a rei Ra nr tan er RR La onc oS 119 Figure 64 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding eeeeseeeeeseeee eene nannten annu nean anu naa 120 Figure 65 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edil 1 iiec terreri uniti tnu tnemecnurvvennmeanavsveinn 121 Figure 66 Network gt WAT gt Trigger POTE 124i rdc o d iia Ht dk s ES Wl t Fata tts 122 ac icd Nonok NAT AALO ea 123 Figure 60 SIP User AOST e a i S 129 p rccte Ec pc MET TO Daa I DO S ULT 129 gs FO SIP Poret Serial aopa N 130 2 ee ba TOUN e 131 Figure 72 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field ees esee esee een tana nnn nnn na kot ta Rua khu 133 E T3 VolP gt SIP gt SIP Seinge Pe 134 Figure 74 VolP gt SIP SIP Settings gt Advanced isscciisette catre oed e dtd ea e a 136 ESI Eire aa r FEM 140 Figure 76 VolP gt Phone gt Anal
197. coming The branch office ZyXEL Device needs to have an incoming authentication account configured This consists of a username and password This account must match the username and password of the outgoing authentication account of the headquarters ZyXEL Device This can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Figure 97 VoIP to PSTN Example Incoming Authentication Outgoing Authentication A RUN RN TT RUN TE P gu gs S AS S IRA ACA II RON Incoming Authentication 13 8 4 Call Progression The advantage of this kind of VoIP trunking is that once all the configuration is completed the caller just has to dial a speed dial entry from a phone connected to their ZyXEL Device and the peer devices take care of the rest This is what happens when headquarters wants to call their Sales1 employee which is the first entry in the speed dial screen Table 76 VoIP Trunking Call Progression HEADQUARTERS BRANCH OFFICE SALES1 A person at A dials 01 from the phone connected to the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device at A inspects the number and connects to the remote peer device at B usse The remote peer device inspects the number and requests authentication in order to forward the call ETE The ZyXEL Device at A sends outgoing authentication to the remote peer device A Eee
198. ct which version of RIP the ZyXEL Device uses when it sends or receives information on the subnet RIP 1 The ZyXEL Device uses RIPv1 to exchange routing information RIP 2B The ZyXEL Device broadcasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information RIP 2M The ZyXEL Device multicasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information Multicast You do not have to enable multicasting to use RIP 2M See RIP Version Select which version of IGMP the ZyXEL Device uses to support multicasting on the LAN Multicasting sends packets to some computers on the LAN and is an alternative to unicasting sending packets to one computer and broadcasting sending packets to every computer None The ZyXEL Device does not support multicasting IGMP v1 The ZyXEL Device supports IGMP version 1 IGMP v2 The ZyXEL Device supports IGMP version 2 Multicasting can improve overall network performance However it requires extra processing and generates more network traffic In addition other computers on the LAN have to support the same version of IGMP Any IP Setup Active Select this if you want to let computers on different subnets use the ZyXEL Device Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP Allow between LAN and WAN Select this check box if you want the ZyXEL Device to send NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System packets between the LAN and WAN You should also make sure that NetBIOS packets are not blocked in Security gt Firewall g
199. d ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnP Implementors Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device IGD 1 0 See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP 19 2 UPnP Examples 19 2 1 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP 19 2 1 1 Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Figure 126 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication 2 xl Install Uninstall Windows Setup Startup Disk To add or remove a component select or clear the check box If the check box is shaded only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components V A Address Book 1 7MB 4 Communications 5 6 MB Re Desktop Themes 0 0 MB H vi i Games 10 1 MB Multilanguage Support 0 0 MB xf Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB Description Includes accessories to help you connect to other computers and online services 5 of 10 components selected Details Have Disk OK Cancel Apply 3 In the Communication
200. d displays how much traffic that is not allocated to any sub class went to the LAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the LAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed This might include SIP traffic FTP traffic e mail or web traffic depending on what traffic is allocated to sub classes You can change what traffic is allocated to sub classes in Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup WAN VoIP SIP This field displays how much SIP traffic went to the WAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the WAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed WAN FTP This field displays how much FTP traffic went to the WAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the WAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed WAN E Mail This field displays how much e mail went to the WAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the WAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed Default Class This field displays how much traffic that is not allocated to any sub class went to the WAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the WAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed This might include SIP traffic FTP traffic e mail or web traffic depending on what traffic is allocated to sub classes You can change what traffic is al
201. date and time Date Time and Date Setup Manual Select this if you want to specify the current date and time in the fields below New Time Enter the new time in this field and click Apply New Date Enter the new date in this field and click Apply Get from Time Select this if you want to use a time server to update the current date and time in Server the ZyXEL Device P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 22 System Table 108 Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server uses Check with your ISP or network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works Daytime RFC 867 This format is day month year time zone Time RFC 868 This format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 NTP RFC 1305 This format is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL of your time server Check with your ISP or network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Select the time zone at your location Daylight Savings Select this if your location uses daylight savings time Daylight savings is a period from late spring to early fall when many places set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Start
202. decimal Table 133 OCTET OCTET OCTET t SEM 192 168 1 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010 Subnet Mask Binary 4141111144 11111114 11111141 00000000 Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001 Host ID 00000010 By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part the bits with a 1 value For example an 8 bit mask means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit and 29 bit subnet masks Table 134 Subnet Masks BINARY DECIMAL OcrET OCTET OcTET SCTE 8 bit mask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000 255 0 0 0 16 bit mask 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255 255 0 0 24 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 255 255 255 0 29 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255 255 255 248 Network Size The size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your ne
203. dress ZEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway ZyXEL ZyXEL Intemet Sharing Gateway Prestige 650R 31 ZyXEL Prestige 650 31 Internet Sharing Gateway http 192 158 1 1 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 UPnP 19 3 UPnP Screen Use this screen to set up UPnP in your ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Management gt UPnP Figure 140 Management gt UPnP General UPnP Setup Device Name ZyXEL P 2302HWUDL P1 Internet Sharing Gateway Enable the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature F Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP F Allow UPnP to pass through Firewall q Note For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 102 Management gt UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Device Name This field identifies your device in UPnP applications Enable the Select this to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone could use a UPnP application Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address You still have to enter the password however Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Select this to allow UPnP enabled applications to automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can communicate through the ZyXEL Device For example using NAT tr
204. dwidth class or if you want to limit the speed of this interface Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT 17 2 2 Bandwidth Class Setup Screen Use this screen to look at the configured bandwidth classes by individual interface Each interface has a permanent root class The bandwidth budget of the root class is equal to the speed you configured on the interface see Section 17 2 1 on page 202 There is a default class for all the bandwidth in the Root Class that is not allocated to bandwidth classes LES For each interface you must enable bandwidth management before you can configure classes To access this screen click Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup Figure 116 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup o NINXZZN Class Setup Interface LAN EJ Root Class 100000 kbps Lu m C LAN 1 100 kbps imeem C Default Class 99900 kbps Add Sub Class Edit Delete Each field is described in the following table Table 91 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Class Setup Interface Select the interface for which you wish to set up classes Bandwidth management controls outgoing traffic on an interface not incoming In order to limit the downl
205. e Select All day to always block the selected services Enter times in 24 hour format for example 3 00pm should be entered as 15 00 Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewall P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Content Filter Use these screens to create and enforce policies that restrict access to the Internet based on content 15 1 Content Filtering Overview Internet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to their needs Content filtering is the ability to block certain web features or specific URL keywords The ZyXEL Device can block web features such as ActiveX controls Java applets cookies and disable web proxies The ZyXEL Device also allows you to define time periods and days during which the ZyXEL Device performs content filtering 15 2 Content Filtering Screens 15 2 1 Content Filter Screen Use this screen to set up a trusted IP address which web features are restricted and which keywords are blocked when content filtering is effective To access this screen click Security gt Content Filter gt Filter P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Content Filter Figure 109 Security gt Content Filter gt Filter Trusted IP Setup A trusted com
206. e operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 188 Network Temporarily Disconnected m E Local Area Network cable unplugged X 276 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 24 Tools If the ZyXEL Device s IP address is different in the configuration file you selected you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default management IP address 192 168 5 1 See your Quick Start Guide or the appendices for details on how to set up your computer s IP address You might have to open a new browser to log in again If the upload was not successful a Configuration Upload Error screen appears Figure 189 Configuration Upload Error System Restore Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return Click Return to go back to the Configuration Screen 24 2 5 Restart Screen Use this screen to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off To access this screen click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Figure 190 Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Firn figi Restart System Restart Click Restart to have the device perforrn a software restart The SYS or PWR LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute befor
207. e 187 Comfiguraton Upload Success icio coded ten oda ode a ede doa doa e d 276 Figure 199 Network Temporarily DISEDDNIBOEDE 2uussicnaeetomii tete esti tvbn erit app EO ec E EH DX Qno Fi Pobre ba hp EXAM ERR 276 Figure 189 Configuration Upload EMOT 122r rotta eoram rate pi stmt eoo d donee url ceuteaneiscesecauand a 277 Figure 190 Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Leia cen adea pa pi Cte t Ri C LR RE trc t un n t E E n 277 Figure 191 Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart gt In Progress csessccccssesecceceeseenateceetseeccnerteneecceateneees 277 Figuie 192 Owgoing Calls DSPSull 2 axi eO Ug toG Let Iau suas Lb on eon pti a dg e a 283 Figure 193 Outgoing Calls Individual Configuration sseeem m 283 Figure 194 Incoming Calls Default mec 284 Figure 195 Incoming Calls Individual Configuratio 5a norat tratta an trt tan 284 Figure 1968 Fop tip BIOCROF ixi das Ea qm Rosie caidas eee lee 294 Foure T97 memet OPUONS e 294 Figure 198 Imeem ENN mee CUT 295 Figur TOS Popup Bie hake BUNS icis tree ton nann ANR N 295 igus ZOU mEnE OPOS soassa ESEE 296 Figure 201 Security Settings Java Scripting sce dssniacesssaanewcissenmadecu saponseeds saapaccissenadecarsanaadeeds aaa 297 Figure 202 Security Sollings Java sssrini rettet rettet vetet abr cd dier ANEN NE ET aaki 297 Figure 202 Java orn Me E 298 Figure 204 Network Number and Host ID sccwancrsseicenasraparerasiutvbudadorte
208. e WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL Device you can also select an option WPA compatible to support WPA as well In this case if some of the devices support WPA and some support WPA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL Device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every device in the wireless network must have the same key P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN 5 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST With ZyXEL s OTIST you set up the SSID and the encryption WEP or WPA PSK on the ZyXEL Device Then the ZyXEL Device transfers them to the devices in the wireless networks As a result you do not have to set up the SSID and encryption on every device in the wireless network The devices in the wireless network have to support OTIST and they have to be in range of the ZyXEL Device when you activate it See Section 5 5 on page 88 for more details 5 3 Additional Wireless Terms The following table describes wireless network terms and acronyms used in the ZyXEL Device Table 29 Additional Wireless Terms TERM DESCRIPTION RTS CTS Threshold In a wireless network which covers a large area wireless devices are sometimes not aware of e
209. e is a member of your workgroup use Windows Explorer to browse to the file share by locating the workgroup in your file system It is located under My Network Places In our example the workgroup name is the default Workgroup Figure 176 Browse to a File Share via Workgroup Name EX My Computer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt j Bsearch Qurodes GE GS X A ER TA Folders ee L1 Name t Desktop ua ess Floppy A amp 3Local Disk C My Computer Local Drive D i A My Documents amp compact Disc E Select an item to view its description E Control Panel My Computer 1 F8 My Network Places 49b Novell Connections Entire Network Displays the files and Folders on your A computer ih Zyxel See also a a NetWare Services My Documents aA Computers Near Me My Network Places 1 firmware on 172 23 10 100 Network and Dial up Connections X Firmware on twnas01 HR ftp zyxel cn HA tau weh Sites an MSN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 249 Chapter 21 File Sharing P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide PART VI Maintanence and Troubleshooting System Use this screen to set up general system settings change the system mode change the password configure the DDNS server settings and set the current date and time 22 1 System Overview 22 1 1 System Name Sy
210. e logging into the device again Restart This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration When you click Restart the following screen appears Figure 191 Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart gt In Progress The device is rebooting The device will now reboot 4s there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the device again Wait one minute for the device to finish restarting Then you can log in again P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 277 Chapter 24 Tools 278 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Troubleshooting This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories Power Hardware Connections and LEDs ZyXEL Device Access and Login Internet Access Phone Calls and VoIP Problems With Multiple SIP Accounts 25 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs e The ZyXEL Device does not turn on None of the LEDs turn on 1 Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 4 Disconnect and re connect the power adaptor or cord to the ZyXEL Device 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor e One
211. ed when you make frequent calls to several PSTN numbers in the same geographic area that start with the same numbers for example an area code If there is a remote peer device in that area you can set up a VoIP link to it and have it forward the calls to PSTN phones This works by configuring a pattern that the ZyXEL Device can recognize A pattern is just the initial string of digits shared by the phone numbers The following table shows the relationship between the phone numbers you want to call the pattern you want to configure and the rule you want to set up Table 72 Call Rules FREQUENTLY CALLED 1 111 432 8888 PSTN NUMBERS PATTERN CALL RULE 1 555 555 4321 Set up a peer call to a remote peer device to 1 555 544 5678 1555 forward calls starting with the numbers 1555 1 555 432 8888 1 111 555 4321 Set up a peer call to a remote peer device to 1 111 544 5678 1111 forward calls starting with the numbers 1111 13 4 VoIP Trunking Scenarios There are several different VoIP trunking scenarios 13 4 1 VoIP Phone To PSTN Phone A VoIP phone A makes a call to the ZyXEL Device B via VoIP B forwards the call to a PSTN phone C A can be an analog phone connected to the ZyXEL Device or any other phone capable of making calls over the IP network Figure 88 VolP Phone To PSTN Phone A E i gt Inte CE 13 4 2 PSTN Phone To VoIP Phone N i rnet ia gt PSTN i wv A PSTN phone A makes a ca
212. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene 251 CUOI aito onda stb hn att end en Sa etapa E DEM DOT read 253 D oa re ney Ree ate ere Eas ney te enne Hr eee baked Fate apt ha alia ke ry err etme rcrr ern rere rrr rer emer 261 e 273 Hioc pop vM 279 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 9 Contents Overview Appendices and Index P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents About This Vs rs cnl toe m 3 rere dr pid n E 4 Safety rl ce E S 6 CONSE COVE POW PR A 9 Table of Gy UWS M 11 St OT FURIES ete 21 Hst of Tables Me 27 Part Introduction Wizards and Status eese 31 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL DEVICE ieuonnn sinn oo not nr eR narnia RR ERE UR nt cr kKa nsu Ras R Kao aS ikae 33 ERST ka eal aera 33 QUEE VON ONES S Um 33 Tete Vall TRUBS SWAY Lies be prer SS pr SRERPOIN TER Ebor SE RH S ERO USE bonc da p td X 34 LS DECT Base Staton Feature Tom 34 1 14 ZyXEL Device s USB SUPPOR cates cz tncaccdueysovtesguieiaacsatues anina DIN EU EnaA E a 35 1 1 5 ZYXEL Device s Rouler TOS OS uirium irii Kd nsaaanns 35 1 2 Ways to Manage the AXEL DBVIGSL asciende etn kr rudem ae Rn kudan RN vun F E CHEv RR OK KE Eu 36 1 3 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL DOWIGE 1 conicere ettet tnnt reete 36 FINE uc ME
213. een to control Telnet access to your ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Management gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Remote MGMT Figure 120 Management gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet Telnet Server Port s Server Access Juan EWAN Secured Client IP Address all C selected fo o 00 Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 96 Management gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port Enter the port number this service can use to access the ZyXEL Device The computer must use the same port number Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Address Select Selected to only allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 18 2 3 FTP Screen Use this screen to control FTP access to your ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Management gt Remote MGMT gt FTP Figure 121 Management gt Remote MGMT gt FTP FTP Server Port fat Server Access Lan amp WAN Secured Client IP Address G all C selected foooo Apply Can
214. elect None to disable this forwarding rule Apply Click this to apply your settings to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to reset the fields P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking 13 8 VoIP Trunking Example VoIP to PSTN This example shows how to configure VoIP to PSTN trunking to save on long distance calls 13 8 1 Background Information A company has its headquarters in city A and a branch office in city B The headquarters often needs to call salespeople employed at the branch office The sales employees often work away from the office and have PSTN phones mobile or land based The two offices have VoIP trunking devices and want to use VoIP trunking to save on calls from the headquarters to their sales team The head office has a public IP address a b c d and the branch office has a public IP address w x y z Figure 94 VoIP to PSTN Example A B 555 555 550 555 555 551 555 555 552 A SE The proposed solution is to establish a peer to peer call between the two ZyXEL Devices and have the branch office ZyXEL Device forward calls to the sales team members via PSTN Internet IP a b c d 13 8 2 Configuration Details Outgoing The ZyXEL Device at headquarters from which the call originates needs to have the following configuration settings 1 Speed dial entries need to be set up for the numbers headquarters wants to call The destination field of these entries is the IP
215. elephone 49 2405 6909 0 Fax 49 2405 6909 99 Web Site www zyxel de Regular Mail ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 Wuerselen Germany Hungary Support E mail support zyxel hu Sales E mail info zyxel hu Telephone 36 1 3361649 Fax 36 1 3259100 Web Site www zyxel hu Regular Mail ZyXEL Hungary 48 Zoldlomb Str H 1025 Budapest Hungary Kazakhstan Support http zyxel kz support Sales E mail sales zyxel kz P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix Customer Support Telephone 7 3272 590 698 Fax 7 3272 590 689 Web Site www zyxel kz Regular Mail ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk ave Office 414 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan North America Support E mail support zyxel com Sales E mail sales zyxel com Telephone 1 800 255 4101 1 714 632 0882 Fax 1 714 632 0858 Web Site www us zyxel com FTP Site ftp us zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Inc 1130 N Miller St Anaheim CA 92806 2001 U S A Norway e e e e Support E mail support zyxel no Sales E mail sales zyxel no Telephone 47 22 80 61 80 Fax 47 22 80 61 81 Web Site www zyxel no Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Nils Hansens vei 13 0667 Oslo Norway Poland e e e E mail info pl zyxel com Telephone 48 22 333 8250 Fax 48 22 333 8251 Web Site www pl zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications ul Okrzei
216. elephone call P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Index A AbS Analysis by Synthesis 132 Access Point see AP 79 adding a printer example 235 adding a printer example Macintosh OS 240 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 109 alert settings 261 ALG 119 and SIP 119 ALG Application Layer Gateway 119 alternative subnet mask notation 301 analog phone 141 Analysis by Synthesis AbS 132 Any IP note 109 Any IP example 108 Any IP feature 108 and NAT 109 setup 115 AP Access Point 79 application based bandwidth management 198 Application Layer Gateway see ALG 119 auto attendant and VoIP trunking 165 auto discovering UPnP enabled network devices 221 automatic log out 41 B backing up configuration 275 backup gateway 104 bandwidth borrowing 201 bandwidth borrowing example 201 bandwidth classes 197 bandwidth filters 197 bandwidth management 197 and LAN 203 and WAN 203 and WLAN 204 application based 198 bandwidth classes 197 borrowing 201 budgeting 197 classes 205 Index fairness based 200 general 62 monitor 207 over allotment 202 overview 197 priority 64 priority based 199 reserving 199 services 63 subnet based 198 unused amp unbudgeted 200 web configurator 203 wizard setup 60 base station DECT 147 blinking LEDs 37 blocking calls 155 blocking services via firewall 184 borrowing bandwidth 201 browsing to a file share 247 C call blocking 155 call forwarding 155 c
217. eless A hic DR T TM 87 Table 35 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST axccesiscsexccere ezcccen e ence cetero trece ioteadeesssomesecess Fames keit teneret 89 Table 6 WAS Address FIOT M 92 Tabs or Wireless LANE AGIS adzxessquxbeiisieseimee UN Ob ARR D cA IU ee boe a Pep RU pH Uta ape bNU Ma PAR NEU KERELUR 93 Table 38 Private IP Address Ranges uoieccei ca sects saci itta td dini tid dd caved deua aud dca sce d EEE E 95 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide List of Tables Table 39 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Ethernet ccecccccceeescceeeeeeeccneeeeeecaeseeeeeeceneeeeees 98 Table 40 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Roadrunner sssee 99 Table 41 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection PPPOE sse een 100 Table 42 Network gt WAN gt Advanced dai videestnipncadsesbannedd soriivaties a tiir dt tinned ia ad e pt eaae 102 Table 43 Network gt WAN gt Traffic Redirect sAcciusnctapieentencaasininiecntrnien ieee eatin HR ERIT RR FUE 104 D rm tg RIT pl iae EEE 110 Table 45 Network LAN DEDE Ue uscteskroni sU un prx po E PERDER EE reta edu a EN EPA Y E Oba a AU k V RE ta dU RE CER Ib dido 110 Table 45 Network LAN Slate DACP 5 ooipackr resin UerECE UIS Ox nee PU RapE HEU EQ anneal FEHE ER ME ERAUEG 112 Tablet Nebwork LAN OS Cont LESE 1nciysin ed pedi dei trei Do rec p eb hd d ch E v n
218. eni eset ttbte bitte bbb rpe atti aatia Erba bbb tae ben ines 163 13 4 2 PSTN Phone To VoIP PHONG innate ufui p aa ue ti aded npe a purs S Id apad dae 163 134 3 Pol Phone To PSTN Phone Vid VOIP 1 arp nae EXEPx ee rk Ep Epod rr EF annus 164 12o minking Cenoral SEO e M 164 13 6 Tunkng Peor Call Seregi cocci esce tense tier agat eet pa ott Reo EN ra eri Cid a dE AR RARE Cm ER 165 13 7 Trunking Gall Rule SGrQen e ain rria Eaa 167 12 6 YolF Trunking Examples VolP to PSTN uude isa a otl e aote atr d n tni 169 12 5 1 Background Mionnan eas oppo nap exper Pe In FERE Pu RE FEX RE pede EE Pre REOR EN 169 13 8 2 Configuration Details DUtgOIDE auicuuieeiecereuicesaa dunetie d doe etit dare biit denker aaa 169 12 5 9 Configuration Details Iggy usse eset cedat hdd eaa ck edd t hn 170 TO DE Gall PRs O aa MU ata eae tu DI per Aon BAN RAE 171 13 9 VolP Trunking Example PSTN to PSTN via Voll 12 rie oa ted tt 171 13 9 1 Background ITEM as dance 222 69224 boat bd adiri cde add bbs aded a 172 13 9 2 Configuration Details DUtGollllf 2icsiuecceii ierra tquetitnd tque tpe tta desea EE secta pi 172 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 15 Table of Contents 13 9 3 Configuration Details INCOMING e 174 pe Gs ae eae r2 S 175 Part W Security e 177 Chapter 14 gioi menn MATER E 179 tT Frowa OVa S Aet 179 14 1 1 Stateful Inspection Firewall 155 ae patr rd en ER EEEY AFER HS EE E E dla es 179 1
219. er 0 or 1 allowing two subnets 192 168 1 0 25 and 192 168 1 128 25 The following figure shows the company network after subnetting There are now two sub networks A and B P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 206 Subnetting Example After Subnetting 1 A LE I B D P E3 mo SN i I LE CS hs 5 pos H P T Internet gt a n B TM P i P i i i 9 192 168 1 0 25 4 W192 168 1 128 ue a mumumumumum um eom um um um um um um In a 25 bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits so each sub network has a maximum of 27 2 or 126 possible hosts a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet s address itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is subnet A itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 is its broadcast address Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for subnet B is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The previous example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a 24 bit address into two subnets Similarly to divide a 24 bit address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6
220. er to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Address Select Selected to only allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 18 3 5 Security Screen Use this screen to control how your ZyXEL Device responds to other types of requests To access this screen click Management gt Remote MGMT gt Security Figure 125 Management gt Remote MGMT gt Security Security ICMP Respond to Ping on Lan amp WAN Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Apply Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 215 Chapter 18 Remote MGMT Each field is described in the following table Table 101 Management gt Remote MGMT gt Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Respond to Ping on Select the interface s on which the ZyXEL Device should respond to incoming ping requests Disable the ZyXEL Device does not respond to any ping requests LAN the ZyXEL Device only responds to ping requests received from the LAN WAN the ZyXEL Device only responds to ping requests received from the WAN LAN amp WAN the ZyXEL Device responds to ping requests received from the LAN or the WAN Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Select this to prevent outsiders
221. ervice Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the Address ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 18 3 4 DNS Screen Use this screen to control DNS access to your ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Management gt Remote MGMT gt DNS P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Remote MGMT Figure 124 Management gt Remote MGMT gt DNS DNS Service Port Service Access LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP Address all C Selected foooo Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 100 Management gt Remote MGMT gt DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port This field is read only This field displays the port number this service uses to access the ZyXEL Device The computer must use the same port number Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP Select All to allow any comput
222. erview cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 141 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Table of Contents TZ PPE SSIS M said 144 TD PAM Phone IW i sie sess net cae e e n 144 10 2 2 Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen eeeeeeceeeiseeese eene nnne ka natus 145 TUIS DECT Base Slaton OVOIVEDW sic end das Ee a Leto oa t Gd d ERGO UOCE NC RE RIA 147 102 1 DECT Phone TOROS errian Eee DR EEUU ea kel pra eH e ene NEN eei iene DE RE RERO 147 10 3 2 Using your DEC T PRONG e 149 102 3 DECT Phone SOCO TNR RU TU 150 10 3 4 Common Phone Setlings SEO icruoquk ak Ebr XSREEEPFRPEQEr KERN nR 152 1053 5 FIS Region E e 152 Chapter 11 PRONE OOK Serer eee De MEET MTP MEM Perr rere AO 155 jur sii O 0 Ae T 155 11 1 1 Incoming Call Policy SGEBO iiiiisiuacues cese ctetu saa su ttt epar pt dant aiiai bac aii 155 13 1 2 Speed Dial SOSE oues ini d o bud roba e pou bU EIE Elles dd epa ed e a pA Gand 157 Chapter 12 PSTN REO e 159 12 1 PSTN EE 145 0 e 159 122 Poi Lilie Sree D mm 159 Chapter 13 MOU A UNG m 161 pEWR OM iUES os Ae eT 161 132 VOIP Tupkng and SXOGOUUTDE 3s vcio a to sero eX Y a duo a da v e SR RO t 161 13 2 1 Auto Attendant and Authentication ssssseen enne 161 13 2 2 ge IET P 162 1e 163 To iine poc 163 13 4 1 VoIP Phone To PSTN Phong u
223. es 0 0 MB sal Plug and Play 0 2 MB Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 UPnP 19 2 2 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device 19 2 2 1 Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway 2 Right click the icon and select Properties Figure 131 Network Connections Network Connections Edit File View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Back 7 d P Search li Folders E Address e Network Connections Internet Gateway Internet Connection nabled Internet Connection Disable LANorH Status a Create Shortcut E al Rename Properties Network Tasks Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network Disable this network device mj Rename this connection view status of this connection
224. ess You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider IP Multicast IP Multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers The ZyXEL Device supports versions 1 and 2 of IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol used to join multicast groups see RFC 2236 IP Alias IP Alias allows you to subdivide a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each subnet P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix A Product Specifications Table 130 Firmware Features FEATURE DESCRIPTION Time and Date Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your ZyXEL Device You can also set the time manually These dates and times are then used in logs Logging and Tracing Use packet tracing and logs for troubleshooting You can send logs from the ZyXEL Device to an external UNIX syslog server PPPoE PPPoE mimics a dial up over Ethernet Internet access connection Universal Plug and Play The ZyXEL Device can communicate with other UPnP enabled devices UPnP in a network Table 131 Feature Specifications Voice Functions SIP RFC 3261 version 2 SDP RFC 2327 RTP RFC 1889 RTCP RFC 1890 G 168 Echo Cancellation VAD Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression CNG Comfort Noise Generation QoS Supports TOS and Diffserv Tagging Compressio
225. ess is 192 168 1 1 f you changed the IP address use the new IP address f you changed the IP address and have forgotten it see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 2 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 4 on page 36 3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See Appendix B on page 293 4 Ifyou disabled Any IP Section 7 1 7 on page 108 make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device If you know that there are routers between your computer and the ZyXEL Device skip this step Ifthere is a DHCP server on your network make sure your computer is using a dynamic IP address See Appendix D on page 307 Your ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server by default e fthere is no DHCP server on your network make sure your computer s IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device See Appendix D on page 307 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Troubleshooting 5 Reset the device to its factory defaults and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the default IP address See Section 2 3 on page 41 6 Ifthe problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions If your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected wirelessly use a computer t
226. estart 3 Microsoft VM Ld a console enabled requires restart m ogging enabled E ompiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing amp b Restore Defaults Cancel Apply P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device including computers servers routers printers etc needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub networks Introduction to IP Addresses One part of the IP address is the network number and the other part is the host ID In the same way that houses on a street share a common street name the hosts on a network share a common network number Similarly as each house has its own house number each host on the network has its own unique identifying number the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID determines to which host on the network the packets are delivered Structure An IP address is made up of four parts
227. et Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 197 Internet Options Internet Options SS General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet RE zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing C Block pop up 3 Click Apply to save this setting 25 6 1 2 Enable pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop Up Windows Java and JavaScript Permissions Figure 198 Internet Options Internet Options PI ED General Security Privacy Conten
228. et every field in this screen to its last saved value 15 2 2 Content Filter Schedule Screen Use this screen to set up the schedule when content filtering is effective To access this screen click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule Figure 110 Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule Schedule to Block Day to Block M Everyday sun D Mon Tue wed Thu fri sat Time of Day to Block 24 Hour Format C all day From Start 0 hour 0 min End 0 hour 0 min Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 81 Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Day to Block Select which days of the week you want content filtering to be effective Time of Day to Select what time each day you want content filtering to be effective Enter times in Block 24 hour format for example 3 00pm should be entered as 15 00 Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Content Filter P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide PART V Management Static Route 193 Bandwidth MGMT 197 Remote MGMT 209 UPnP 217 Sharing a USB Printer 229 File Sharing 243 Static Route Use these screens to configure static routes in the ZyXEL Device 16 1 Static R
229. etae bert I denk EU pda 206 urge a c eyed H 207 Chapter 18 i i Mtl eene 209 18 1 Remote Management Over u uccaxseddita tete xai ear be ul cqag kcu qai butt eu a neato 209 19 1 1 Remote Management LIFWIBEIOIIG 1 rre trn trn n eh td e ebd d bk 209 18 1 2 Remote Management and INT aee trn nena Eh ttn bah RA paar kan aid 209 MEE EIU SX M M 210 18 2 Remote Management SONGS 22055 ssid caes sheds coh asad exe na dog detegit added t 210 1844 1 MA SEI sas icaitacsa ee e ER PP E ato bu o EH PER Mun petu tM mE 210 19 22 Tehet SOPE P 210 e a Ue EAT OA T Tr E EA ANN 211 ji get 212 15 5 D uupponed MIBS iiie ta olet Edo drea Aat p t i Heec Dod ed ann 213 rector LITE cR EE E d 213 19 33 Ears ds SNMP M 213 T34 DNS SEGGI H 214 jokep elgrp sr eer m 215 Chapter 19 El gluc e Med 217 19 1 Introducing Universal Plug and PIS 2uscsisscseciYese eter ptt t ai Y t EUR FI RR ea d 217 191 1 Howdo T know if m using UPnP uisa ented osa etui E Ebr h Fu ka Er Ru Fo kk Errata 217 ju NAT Traversal RR 217 jm EE mSDDEUg I Mec EE 217 TS AAUP OP an ZEL oa eeu dete e a bii e ean beta toi M eee 218 jain uic e 218 19 2 1 Installing UPnP iri Windows Example esei ese seran nari kg Rh uhi ik 218 19 2 2 Using UPnP in Windows AP Example sensssenenecniniisth rin inin 221 TORO UPRP Cie ON Bacco pace aan ea ee ed ee D
230. face Up The ZyXEL Device is using the interface Down The ZyXEL Device is not using the interface Rate If the interface uses Ethernet encapsulation this column displays the port speed and the Ethernet duplex setting Duplex settings are Full The ZyXEL Device is using full duplex Ethernet Half The ZyXEL Device is using half duplex Ethernet You cannot change the Ethernet duplex setting in the ZyXEL Device If this interface uses PPPoE encapsulation this column displays the port speed and the status of the call Down The connection is not available Dial The ZyXEL Device is making a call Idle The call is connected Drop The ZyXEL Device is ending the call The LAN interface always uses Ethernet encapsulation You can change the encapsulation of the WAN interface in Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection For the WLAN interface this field displays the transmission rate of the ZyXEL Device Summary Any IP Table Click Details to open the Any IP Table window See Section 4 2 on page 71 DHCP Table Click Details to open the DHCP Table window See Section 4 3 on page 71 VoIP Statistics Click Details 72 to open the VoIP Statistics window See Section 4 4 on page BW MGMT Monitor Click Details page 73 to open the BW MGMT Monitor window See Section 4 5 on Packet Statistics Click Details 79 to open the Packet Statistics window
231. fic Do the following three steps to configure the ZyXEL Device to allow bandwidth for traffic that is not defined in a bandwidth filter 1 Leave some of the interface s bandwidth unbudgeted 2 Do not enable the interface s Maximize Bandwidth Usage option 3 Do not enable bandwidth borrowing on the sub classes see Section 17 1 8 on page 201 17 1 7 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example Here is an example of a ZyXEL Device that has maximize bandwidth usage enabled on an interface The following table shows each bandwidth class s bandwidth budget The classes are set up based on subnets The interface is set to 10240 kbps Each subnet is allocated 2048 kbps The unbudgeted 2048 kbps allows traffic not defined in any of the bandwidth filters to go out when you do not select the maximize bandwidth option Table 85 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 2048 kbps Sales 2048 kbps Marketing 2048 kbps Research 2048 kbps P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT The ZyXEL Device divides up the unbudgeted 2048 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth If the administration department only uses 1024 kbps of the budgeted 2048 kbps the ZyXEL Device also divides the remaining 1024 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth Therefore the ZyXEL Device divides a total of 3072 kbps of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth
232. figurator interface Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the device via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the device via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Time initialized by Datetime server S The device got the time and date from the Datetime server Time initialized by Time server The device got the time and date from the time server Time initialized by NTP server The device got the time and date from the NTP server Failed to sync with Daytime server s The device was not able to connect to the Daytime server Failed to sync with Time server S The device was not able to connect to the Time server Failed to sync with NTP server S The device was not able to connect to the NTP server P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 113 System Maintenance Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The device dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC Ox x Task ID OxSx The device is saving configuration changes Table 114 Access
233. follows the first one that applies Activate Select this to enable this rule Clear this to disable this rule Incoming Call Number Enter the phone number to which this rule applies Forward to Number Enter the phone number to which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number You may leave this field blank depending on the Condition Condition Select the situations in which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number or select an alternative action Unconditional The ZyXEL Device immediately forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number Busy The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when your SIP account already has a call connected No Answer The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Block The ZyXEL Device rejects calls from the Incoming Call Number Accept The ZyXEL Device allows calls from the Incoming Call Number You might create a rule with this condition if you do not want incoming calls from someone to be forwarded by rules in the Forward to Number section Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide
234. g Driver Add Printer Wizard Use Existing Driver driver is already installed for this printer You can use or replace the existing driver EPSON Stylus C43 Series Do you want to keep the existing driver or use the new one c 2 C Replace existing driver lt Back Cancel 10 Type a name to identify the printer and then click Next to continue Figure 158 Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer You must assign a name for this printer z Supply a name for this printer Some programs do not support server and printer name combinations of more than 31 characters Printer name JEPSON Stylus C43 Series Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer lt Back Cancel 11 The ZyXEL Device is a print server itself and you do not need to have your computer act as a print server by sharing the printer with other users in the same network just select Do not share this printer and click Next to proceed to the following screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 159 Add Printer Wizard Printer Sharing Add Printer Wizard Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users Indicate whether you want this printer to be available to other users If you share this printer you must provide a share name lt Back Cancel 12 Select Yes a
235. g entries and alerts Alerts are written in red To access this screen click Maintenance gt Logs gt View Log Figure 180 Maintenance gt Logs gt View Log Yiew Log Logs Display on Logs x Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log imes o Message Source Destination Note 01 01 2000 1 00 14 04 192 168 1 33 01 01 2000 00 02 02 01 01 2000 00 01 43 01 01 2000 00 01 40 01 01 2000 00 01 37 Successful WEB login User admin 2 Successful WEB login 192 168 1 33 User admin DHCP server assigns 192 168 1 33 to tw11477 02 DHCP server assigns 192 168 1 33 to tw11477 02 DHCP server assigns 192 168 1 33 to tw11477 02 Click a column header to sort log entries in descending later to earlier order Click again to sort in ascending order The small triangle next to a column header indicates how the table is currently sorted pointing downward is descending pointing upward 1s ascending Each field is described in the following table Table 110 Maintenance gt Logs gt View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display Select a category whose log entries you want to view To view all logs select All Logs The list of categories depends on what log categories are selected in the Log Settings page Email Log Now Click this to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to clear all t
236. gt SOIVIGOS iiicncs ssepe sencshuse susce eue suPke snin ePEA Sb pe PH2 aS bp REER 184 Figure 109 Security gt Content Filter gt FIST uiasssosccs rinde Marr ER LEE RR tdi Fat Rath d n dts 188 Figure 110 Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule i n xar pr tpa Er EPHE HER FEBEA PER e rssi EH 40 EUH PHAR ER RUN 189 Figure 111 Example of Static Routing Topology 2uisesscissie cess etvi iint edunt ehbba ebat cta a duae ehh aa tote anui p eda 193 Figure 112 Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route sssssssee ene 194 Figure 113 Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route gt Edit eeeeeseeeeeeneee 195 Figure 114 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example essen 198 Figure 115 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Summary seems 203 Figure 116 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup ssesseee enm 205 Figure 117 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup gt Edit ssseeeeee 206 Figure 118 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor ccccessecsceeesssececeeetsneeeeeeenseneeeeeennenees 208 Figure 119 Management gt Remote MGMT gt WYW iiic eere cctecasessccessenasccnes sasascntans ones denne sanavienen 210 Figure 120 Management gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet cccccessecceeeessseceeeeeseeeceeeeesseneeeeestneaeeneetenaees 211 Figure 121 Management Remote MGMT gt FIP ssiccsininciccassaaanacanestnteeintastnn
237. haracters As you type the password the screen displays an asterisk for each character you type Retype to Confirm Type the new password again Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 22 2 Dynamic DNS Overview Use this screen to set up the ZyXEL Device as a dynamic DNS client P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 22 System 22 2 1 DNS Server Address Assignment Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa for instance the IP address of www zyxel com is 204 217 0 2 The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it The ZyXEL Device can get the DNS server addresses in the following ways 1 The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the SYSTEM General screen 2 Ifthe ISP did not give you DNS server information leave the DNS Server fields in the SYSTEM General screen set to 0 0 0 0 for the ISP to dynamically assign the DNS server IP addresses 22 2 2 Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in
238. hat is connected to a LAN ETHERNET port e can see the Login screen but cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234 These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on Disconnect and re connect the power adaptor or cord to the ZyXEL Device If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 2 3 on page 41 O N 25 3 Internet Access e cannot access the Internet 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 4 on page 36 2 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 3 If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly make sure the wireless settings in the wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP 4 Disconnect all the cables from your device and follow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again 5 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP cannot access the Internet anymore had access to the Internet with the ZyXEL Device but my Internet connection is not available anymore 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 4 on page 36 2 Disconnec
239. hat may cause undesired operations This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix H Legal Information If this device does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the device off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help fa FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter JEEE 802 11b or 802 11g operation of this product in the U S A is firmware limited to channels 1 through 11 To comply with FCC RF exposu
240. have bandwidth borrowing enabled 17 1 8 1 Bandwidth Borrowing Example Here is an example of bandwidth management with classes configured for bandwidth borrowing The classes are set up based on departments and individuals within certain departments Table 88 Bandwidth Borrowing Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND BANDWIDTH BORROWING SETTINGS Root Class Administration Borrowing Enabled Sales Borrowing Disabled Marketing Borrowing Enabled Research Borrowing Enabled The Sales class cannot borrow unused bandwidth from the Root class because the Sales class has bandwidth borrowing disabled 17 1 8 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage With Bandwidth Borrowing If you configure both maximize bandwidth usage on the interface and bandwidth borrowing on individual sub classes the ZyXEL Device functions as follows 1 The ZyXEL Device sends traffic according to each bandwidth class s bandwidth budget 2 The ZyXEL Device assigns a parent class s unused bandwidth to its sub classes that have more traffic than their budgets and have bandwidth borrowing enabled The ZyXEL Device gives priority to sub classes of higher priority and treats classes of the same priority equally 3 The ZyXEL Device assigns any remaining unused or unbudgeted bandwidth on the interface to any class that requires it The ZyXEL Device gives priority to classes of higher priority and treats classes of the same level equally 4 Ifthe bandwidth
241. he ICMP packets are out of order ICMP Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 118 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP Starting The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 267 Chapter 23 Logs Table 118 PPP Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing Table 119 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table 120 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s Keyword blocking The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword s Not in trusted web list The web site is not in a trusted domain and the router blocks all traffic except trusted domain
242. he device s User s Guide or other documentation You can use the MAC address filter to tell the ZyXEL Device which devices are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a device is allowed to use the wireless network it still has to have the correct information SSID channel and security If a device is not allowed to use the wireless network it does not matter if it has the correct information This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device Then they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network 5 2 3 User Authentication You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it This is called user authentication However every device in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802 1x to do this For wireless networks user names and passwords for each user can be stored ina RADIUS server 1 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 2 Hexadecimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN Unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network even if they cannot use the wirele
243. he following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16 bit network number Table 143 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning Nostre SOWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 6 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 143 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning continued NO BORROWED NO HOSTS PER HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 2 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Configuring IP Addresses Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case
244. he log entries regardless of what is shown on the log screen This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific log entry Time This field displays the time the log was recorded Message This field displays the reason for the log See Section 23 3 on page 265 Source This field displays the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet In many cases some or all of this information may not be available Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet In many cases some or all of this information may not be available Note This field displays additional information about the log entry P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs 23 2 2 Log Settings Screen Use this screen to configure where the ZyXEL Device sends logs and alerts the schedule for sending logs and which logs and alerts are sent or recorded To access this screen click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings Figure 181 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings Log Settings E mail Log Settings Mail Mail Server Outgoing SMTP Server NAME or IP Address Subject Send Log to E Mail Address Send Alerts to E Mail Address Log Schedule When Log is Full x Day for Sending Log unda z Time for Sending Log p hour b minute r Clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging r Active Syslog Server IP Address ooo Server
245. hen Log is Full None If the Weekly or the Daily option is selected specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If the Weekly option is selected then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If the When Log is Full option is selected an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Log This field is only available when you select Weekly in the Log Schedule field Select which day of the week to send the logs Time for Sending Log This field is only available when you select Daily or Weekly in the Log Schedule field Enter the time of day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 pm to send the logs Clear log after sending mail Select this to clear all logs and alert messages after logs are sent by e mail Syslog Logging Syslog logging sends a log to an external syslog server used to store logs Active Select this to enable syslog logging Syslog Server IP Address Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that logs the selected categories of logs Log Facility Select a location The log facility allows you to log the messages in different files in the syslog server See the documentation of your syslog server for more details Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send immediate alert Select the categories of alerts that
246. hich interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use SNMP to access the ZyXEL Device DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Security Use this screen to change your anti probing settings Print Server General Use this screen to give a name to the printer connected to your ZyXEL Device File Sharing General Use this screen to enable file sharing via the ZyXEL Device and setup a user s name and password for secure access to your shared files UPnP General Use this screen to enable UPnP on the ZyXEL Device Maintenance System General Use this screen to configure general system settings Dynamic DNS Use this screen to set up dynamic DNS Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to view the logs for the categories that you selected Log Settings Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s log settings Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device Configu
247. hich you are configuring the TCP IP printer port must be on the same LAN in order to use the printer sharing function Figure 147 Enter IP Address of the ZyXEL Device Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard xi Add Port RS For which device do you want to add a port N Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 132 168 1 1 Port Name IP 192 168 1 1 m Cancel 8 Select Custom under Device Type and click Settings 232 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 148 Custom Port Settings Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Xx Additional Port Information Required RS The device could not be identified SN w The device is not found on the network Be sure that 1 The device is tumed on 2 The network is connected 3 The device is properly configured 4 The address on the previous page is correct If you think the address is not correct click Back to return to the previous page Then correct the address and perfom another search on the network If you are sure the address is correct select the device type below Device Type C Standard Back Cancel 9 Confirm the IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the IP Address field 10 Select LPR under Protocol 11 Type the LPR queue name of your printer model in the Queue Name field and click
248. hing a modem to the port Limit who can access your router 4 Don t enable any local service such as telnet or FTP that you don t use Any enabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network 5 For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces 6 Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active 7 Keep the firewall in a secured locked room 14 1 4 The Firewall NAT and Remote Management Figure 103 Firewall Rule Directions SP RREERARRRERARROMA UM EN nete vR RR P PPP ARETE ERED Ay e LAN WAN i f Y 9 Z an Savery davervid ever dd d vvbrn t z F B z i e t M 4 x j f F F F P A a E is y 14 1 4 1 LAN to WAN rules LAN to WAN rules are local network to Internet firewall rules The default is to forward all traffic from your local network to the Internet You can block certain LAN to WAN traffic in the Services screen click the Services tab All services displayed in the Blocked Services list box are LAN to WAN firewall rules that block those services originating from the LAN P 2302HWUDL P
249. his screen and return to the main screen 3 3 2 Registration Complete This screen depends on whether or not the ZyXEL Device successfully registered your SIP account s P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup Figure 23 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Success VoIP Setup Congratulation You have completed the VoIP setup Press Finish button te s wizard or click the following link to open other pages Ret o Wizard Main Page G vanced Setup page The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Success LABEL DESCRIPTION Return to Wizard Click this to open the main wizard screen See Section 3 1 on page 47 Main Page Go to Advanced Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen Setup page Finish Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen Ifthe ZyXEL Device cannot register your SIP account s see the Quick Start Guide for troubleshooting suggestions P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup Figure 24 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Fail VoIP Setup f VoIP Configuration SIP Registration Failed Please make sure the ethernet cable ss Exit button to The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Co
250. iaimeeinmenansiess 211 Figure T22 SNMP Management Modal 2 E a ads iem cendi duds aos ce oa ei ada Rt us 212 Figure 123 Management gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP ssssesssreessrsnsseesnneernrnnassrennnaarannnnntnnnnaennnnaaaeeennnaaa 214 Figure 124 Management gt Remote MGMT gt DNS 11i ies tube ere tubas aut tibt taa bak coustvnnecuuersveine 215 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 23 List of Figures Figure 125 Management gt Remote MGMT gt Security eese enne nnn nnn nnne 215 Figure 126 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication ssssssssess 218 Figure 127 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components 219 Figure 120 Nebyork CONDS COE naa ce D a rece aqua dd easy fai ex auta a aa n Rd d seas EAR Ra eae de 219 Figure 129 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard essem 220 uM UL epis Pe 220 Figure 131 Network Connections RET ETT OTT 221 Figure 132 Intemet Connection Properlios sibi Ebetdbe per eblt bete p bbb onia bp eDid ee rt bv Cer UD ARR RUN 222 Figure 133 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings cccccesseccereesseneeeeeetsseeeeeetenaees 223 Figure 134 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add sssssessss 223 Figure 155 System Tray ICOM e M 224 Figure 135 Intemet Connection SAUS
251. ically disconnected Usually when one half of this time has passed the ZyXEL Device or the other party updates this timer to prevent this from happening Min SE Enter the minimum number of seconds the ZyXEL Device accepts for a session expiration time when it receives a request to start a SIP session If the request has a shorter time the ZyXEL Device rejects it RTP Port Range Start Port Enter the listening port number s for RTP traffic if your VoIP service provider End Port gave you this information Otherwise keep the default values To enter one port number enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields To enter a range of ports enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field Voice Select the type of voice coder decoder codec that you want the ZyXEL Device to Compression use G 711 provides higher voice quality but requires more bandwidth 64 kbps e GT711Ais typically used in Europe e G711uis typically used in North America and Japan In contrast G 729 only requires 8 kbps The ZyXEL Device must use the same codec as the peer When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on a codec Primary Select the ZyXEL Device s first choice for voice coder decoder Compression Type Secondary Select the ZyXEL Device s second choice for voice coder decoder Select None if Compressi
252. ick Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears as shown Use this screen to control FTP access to your ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Management gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide ED Chapter 18 Remote MGMT Figure 123 Management gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP SNMP Configuration Get Community Set Community Trap Community Trap Destination SNMP Service Port 161 Service Access LAN amp WAN x Secured Client IP Address all C Selected fo o 00 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 99 Remote Management SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The default is public and allows all requests Trap Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to SNMP Service Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management S
253. ies User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP Figure 75 VoIP gt SIP gt QoS TOS SIP TOS Priority Setting 5 0 255 RTP TOS Priority Setting 5 0 255 VLAN Taging Voice VLAN ID 04095 Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 59 VoIP gt SIP gt QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP TOS Priority Enter the priority for SIP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Type of Setting Service priority tags with this priority to voice traffic that it transmits RTP TOS Priority Enter the priority for RTP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Type of Setting Service priority tags with this priority to RTP traffic that it transmits Voice VLAN ID Select this if the ZyXEL Device has to be a member of a VLAN to communicate with the SIP server Ask your network administrator if you are not sure Enter the VLAN ID provided by your network administrator in the field on the right Your LAN and gateway must be configured to use VLAN tags Otherwise clear this field Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Phone The following sections describe how to configure the ZyXEL Device to work with analog phones and how to configure the ZyXEL Device s built in DECT base station to work with DECT phones 10 1 Analog Phone
254. ile sharing 35 243 244 and workgroup 244 248 overview 243 user account 245 web configurator 245 Windows Explorer 247 filtering Internet content see also content filtering 187 firewall and NAT 120 180 183 and WAN 103 blocking services 184 LAN 180 LAN to WAN 180 logging 184 overview 179 rules 180 scheduling blocking 185 sessions 183 triangle route problem 181 WAN 180 WAN to LAN 181 web configurator 183 firmware 273 error 275 upload 274 fixed IP address 52 flash key 142 flashing and DECT phones 150 commands 142 143 flashing using the flash key 142 Foreign Exchange Office FXO 287 Foreign Exchange Station FXS 287 frequency and VoIP 132 FTP 209 255 FTP restrictions 209 FXO Foreign Exchange Office 287 FXS Foreign Exchange Station 287 G G 168 141 G 168 Echo Cancellation 289 G 711 131 G 711 waveform codec 289 G 729 132 G 729 AbS hybrid waveform codec 289 GAP 34 GAP Generic Access Profile 147 gateway IP address 53 gateway and static route 194 Generic Access Profile see GAP 147 H heartbeat packets and WAN 97 hide SSID 83 HTTP 273 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol 273 hybrid waveform codec 132 IANA 306 idle timeout 210 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN 134 IEEE 802 1x 80 IGD 1 0 Internet Gateway Device 218 IGMP 103 and LAN 107 and WAN 103 versions 108 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol 107 incoming call policy 155 information security 179 installing UPnP 218 Windows Me 218 Window
255. ing protocol filter set 3 256 40000019 ISP incoming protocol filter set 4 256 40000020 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 1 256 40000021 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 2 256 40000022 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 3 256 40000023 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 4 256 40000024 ISP PPPOE idle timeout 0 40000025 Route IP lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000026 Bridge lt 0 No 0 l Yes 40000027 ATM QoS Type O CBR 1 1 UBR gt 40000028 Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 40000029 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 0 40000030 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 40000031 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 147 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup continued 40000032 RIP Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 40000033 Nailed up Connection lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt Table 148 Menu 12 Menu 12 1 1 IP Static Route Setup FI E PVA INPUT 20101001 IP Static Route set L Name Str 120101002 IP Static Route set L Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20101003 IP Static Route set L Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20101004 IP Static Route set L Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20101005 IP Static Route set L Gateway 0 0 0 0 20101006 IP Static Ro
256. inter Port WebWorks Rasterizer Cano LlLPT2 Printer Port COLPT3 Printer Port O COMI Serial Port LlCOM2 Serial Port O COM3 Serial Port O COM4 Serial Port zl ww Delete Port Configure Port IV Enable bidirectional support Enable printer pooling CUERETN 5 A Printer Ports window appears Select Standard TCP IP Port and click New Port Figure 145 Add a Port Window cio xi Available port types Adobe PDF Port Local Port Microsoft Document Imaging Writer Monitor Network Print Port Standard TCP IP Port New Port Type Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer 6 Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard window opens up Click Next to start configuring the printer port Figure 146 Add a Port Wizard Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard x Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You use this wizard to add a port for a network printer Before continuing be sure that 1 The device is tumed on 2 The network is connected and configured To continue click Next 7 Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device to which the printer is connected in the Printer Name or IP Address field In our example we use the default IP address of the ZyXEL Device 192 168 1 1 The Port Name field updates automatically to reflect the IP address of the port Click Next LES The computer from w
257. ion Another solution is to use IP alias IP alias allows you to partition your network into logical sections over the same Ethernet interface Your ZyXEL Device supports up to three logical LAN interfaces with the ZyXEL Device being the gateway for each logical network It s like having multiple LAN networks that actually use the same physical cables and ports By putting your LAN and Gateway A in different subnets all returning network traffic must pass through the ZyXEL Device to your LAN The following steps describe such a scenario 1 Acomputer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the packet to Gateway A which is in Subnet 2 3 The reply from the WAN goes to the ZyXEL Device 4 The ZyXEL Device then sends it to the computer on the LAN in Subnet 1 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewall Figure 106 IP Alias LAN Subnet 1 WAN Internet Subnet 2 14 3 Firewall Screens 14 3 1 General Firewall Screen Use this screen to configure the basic settings for your firewall To access this screen click Security gt Firewall gt General Figure 107 Security gt Firewall gt General Firewall Setup M Enable Firewall O Bypass Triangle Route Make sure this check box is selected to have the firewall protect your LAN from Denial of Service DoS attacks Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 2048 Packet Direction M LAN
258. ion RIP 2B The ZyXEL Device broadcasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information RIP 2M The ZyXEL Device multicasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 7 2 6 LAN Advanced Screen Use this screen to add subnets on the LAN port You can also control what routing information is sent and received by each subnet To access this screen click Network gt LAN gt Advanced Figure 60 Network gt LAN gt Advanced RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast Any IP Setup Active Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP IV Allow between LAN and WAN Apply Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Each field is described in the following table Table 49 Network gt LAN gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device sends and receives on the subnet None The ZyXEL Device does not send or receive routing information on the subnet Both The ZyXEL Device sends and receives routing information on the subnet In Only The ZyXEL Device only receives routing information on the subnet Out Only The ZyXEL Device only sends routing information on the subnet RIP Version Sele
259. ion 85 86 Wide Area Network see WAN 95 Windows Explorer and file sharing 247 wizard setup 47 bandwidth management 60 connection type 52 connections 48 DNS 53 exceptions 48 ISP 50 main 48 PPPoE 51 54 system information 49 VoIP 57 WLAN advanced settings 93 and RADIUS 86 and the RESET button 42 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Index and WEP 81 84 and WPA 81 87 and WPA PSK 81 85 AP 79 channels 83 clients 89 90 enabling 83 encryption 81 general settings 83 modes 93 overview 79 recommendation 81 security 80 selecting security 83 SSID 80 terms explained 82 web configurator 82 WLAN security and encryption 81 and IEEE 802 1x 80 and SSID 80 MAC address filter 80 91 OTIST 82 88 RADIUS 80 86 recommendation 81 types of 81 user authentication 80 workgroup and file sharing 244 248 WPA 87 WPA2 WPA compatible 81 87 WPA PSK configuration 85 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide
260. iscovers a DECT phone in registration mode it sends a request for a PIN Your DECT phone receives the request and prompts you to enter the PIN Use your DECT phone s keypad to enter the PIN you configured on the ZyXEL Device BES The default PIN of the ZyXEL Device is 1234 4 Repeat steps 3 to register additional phones See Appendix A on page 287 for the number of DECT phones your ZyXEL Device supports P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone 10 3 1 1 DECT Base Station Reset Resetting the DECT base station erases all the details of the DECT phones registered with the ZyXEL Device You can do this to clear the DECT base station memory of the DECT phones no longer used with the ZyXEL Device for example if one of your DECT phones is lost When you reset the DECT base station you will need to re register all the phones that you want to use with the ZyXEL Device LES Resetting the DECT base station does not reset the PIN you use for registering DECT phones You must use the last PIN you configured to register or re register your DECT phones Press the DECT base station button refer to Figure 79 on page 148 for 12 seconds or more to reset the DECT base station 10 3 2 Using your DECT Phone You can use your DECT phone to make calls to other DECT phones registered with the ZyXEL Device A These calls are referred to as internal calls You can also use your DECT phone to make VoIP calls B For
261. ization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 307 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address
262. keep the default value Use NAT Active Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to send SIP traffic to a specific NAT router You must also configure the NAT router to forward traffic with the specified port to the ZyXEL Device This eliminates the need for STUN or a SIP ALG Server Address Enter the public IP address or domain name of the NAT router Server Port Enter the port number that your SIP sessions use with the public IP address of the NAT router Outbound Proxy Active Select this if your VoIP service provider has a SIP outbound server to handle voice calls This allows the ZyXEL Device to work with any type of NAT router and eliminates the need for STUN or a SIP ALG Turn off any SIP ALG on a NAT router in front of the ZyXEL Device to keep it from retranslating the IP address since this is already handled by the outbound proxy server Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP outbound proxy server Server Port Enter the SIP outbound proxy server s listening port if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value NAT Keep Alive Active Select this to stop NAT routers between the ZyXEL Device and SIP server a SIP proxy server or outbound proxy server from dropping the SIP session The ZyXEL Device does this by sending SIP notify messages to the SIP server based on the specified interval Keep Alive with SIP Proxy Select this if the SIP ser
263. l Overview Originally the term firewall referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the spread of fire from one room to another The networking term firewall is a system or group of systems that enforces an access control policy between two networks It may also be defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network Of course firewalls cannot solve every security problem A firewall is one of the mechanisms used to establish a network security perimeter in support of a network security policy It should never be the only mechanism or method employed For a firewall to guard effectively you must design and deploy it appropriately This requires integrating the firewall into a broad information security policy In addition specific policies must be implemented within the firewall itself 14 1 1 Stateful Inspection Firewall Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by screening data packets against defined access rules They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol They also inspect the session data to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic protocols These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency however they may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support Firewalls of one type or another have become an integral part of standard security solutions for enterprises 14 1 2 About the
264. l dynamic sessions until incomplete connections lt Maximum Incomplete Low Access block sent TCP RST The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 116 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Generic packet filter matched set d rule od Attempted access matched a configured filter rule denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule For type and code details see Table 123 on page 270 Table 117 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy lt Packet Direction gt lt code Sd gt ICMP type d ICMP access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the user s setting Firewall rule NOT Packet Direction type d code d match rule d ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule ICMP ICMP Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through blocked ICMP Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets or t
265. lients to provide the WEP key prior to communication Key 1 Key4 The WEP key is used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission You can set 4 different keys and make one of the keys active at a time If you want to manually set the WEP key enter any 5 13 or 29 characters ASCII string or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively 5 4 3 WPA 2 PSK In order to configure and enable WPA PSK authentication click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN Figure 40 Wireless WPA 2 PSK General Wireless Setup M Enable Wireless LAN Name SSID Hide SSID Channel Selection Security Security Mode WPA Compatible Pre Shared Key ReAuthentication Timer Idle Timeout xac Channel 06 2437MHz WPA2 PSK Y yoyoyoyoyo 1800 In Seconds 3600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 In Seconds Anh Cancel The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 33 Wireless WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 PSK Select this if you want the ZyXEL
266. ligent Security Technology see OTIST 82 operation humidity 287 operation temperature 287 OTIST clients 90 WLAN 88 OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology 82 outbound proxy 130 131 over allotment of bandwidth 202 P password 40 287 changing 40 PCM Pulse Code Modulation 131 peer call authentication VoIP trunking 162 Peer IP 167 Peer Port 167 peer to peer calls 33 157 Personal Identification Number see PIN 148 PHB Per Hop Behavior 134 phone and VoIP 141 phone book 155 speed dial 157 phone ports 287 PIN Personal Identification Number 148 PIN and DECT phone 148 ping responses 215 Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet see PPPoE 51 pop up blocking 39 port forwarding 117 example 118 services 117 setup 120 ports 37 PPPoE 54 95 and WAN 99 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet 51 pre defined NTP time servers 257 print server 35 printer sharing 229 and LAN 229 configuration 230 requirements 229 TCP IP port 230 web configurator 234 priority based bandwidth management 199 product registration 345 proportional bandwidth allocation 198 protocol support 289 proxy server and SIP 129 PSTN and DECT 150 PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network 132 PSTN line 159 and power outage 159 and web configurator 160 relay 160 Public Switched Telephone Network see PSTN 132 pulse dialing 132 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Pulse Code Modulation PCM 131 Index
267. ling Dial up Preferences Address e Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Network Tasks Advanced Settings Optional Networking Components 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 219 Chapter 19 UPnP Figure 129 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox 4 shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components O 85 Management and Monitoring Tools 4 Networking Services 0 3 MB E 25 Other Network File and Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 250 3 MB 5 In the Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Figure 130 Networking Services Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a componert click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services i O RIP Listener 0 0 MB Simple TCP IP Servic
268. ll to the ZyXEL Device B B connects A to a VoIP phone C over the IP network P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Figure 89 PSTN Phone To VoIP Phone g EO C pam J mae Internet f V f a di Ss SS 13 4 3 PSTN Phone To PSTN Phone via VoIP A PSTN phone A makes a call to the ZyXEL Device B B connects to a peer device C and C forwards the call to a PSTN phone D Figure 90 PSTN Phone To PSTN Phone via VoIP jm D B UN Cere i ma Internet _ a c l we PSTN WY 13 5 Trunking General Screen Use this screen to enable VoIP trunking click VoIP gt Trunking gt General BES VoIP Trunking requires the following additional configuration in the VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced Setup screen Voice Compression field needs to be set to G 729 and DTMF Mode field needs to be set to SIP INFO Figure 91 VoIP gt Trunking gt General Enable Trunking Auto Attendant Timeout sec o Dialing Interval sec o Enable Auto Attendant Authentication Password Apply Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Each field is described in the following table Table 73 VoIP gt Trunking gt General Interval sec LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Trunking Select this to turn on VoIP trunking on your ZyXEL Device Auto Attendant This is the setting which determines how long the ZyXEL Device waits for a caller
269. located to sub classes in Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Table 26 BW MGMT Monitor Window LABEL DESCRIPTION Poll Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen and click Set Interval Set Interval Click this to make the ZyXEL Device update the screen based on the amount of time you specified in Poll Interval Stop Click this to make the ZyXEL Device stop updating the screen 4 6 Packet Statistics Window To access this screen open the Status screen see Section 4 1 on page 67 and click Details next to Packet Statistics Figure 35 Packet Statistics Window Packet Statistics eS onana r Da n uena WAN 100M Full 97752 117933 0 621 6 37 47 LAN 100M Full 78704 100296 2 07 46 WLAN 54M 2158 1877 6 37 48 System Up Time 6 37 53 Poll Interval b sec Set Interval Stop Each field is described in the following table Table 27 Packet Statistics Window LABEL DESCRIPTION Port This field displays each port in the ZyXEL Device Status If the port is not connected to anything this field displays Down If the interface uses Ethernet encapsulation this field displays the port speed and the Ethernet duplex setting Duplex settings are Full The ZyXEL Device is using full duplex Ethernet Half The ZyXEL Device is using half duplex Ethernet You cann
270. ly Select this if your ISP did not assign you a static IP address from your ISP Use fixed IP Select this if your ISP assigned you a static IP address address provided by your ISP lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 2 5 WAN IP Address Assignment This screen appears if you select Use fixed IP address provided by your ISP in the previous screen Use this screen to set up your static IP address The fields depend on the Connection Type you select in the ISP Parameters screen 52 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup 3 2 5 1 Ethernet Figure 17 Connection Wizard gt IP Address Ethernet Connection Wizard pom STEP 2 STEP 3 Internet Configuration My WAN IP Address My WAN IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 10 Connection Wizard gt IP Address Ethernet LABEL DESCRIPTION My WAN IP Enter the IP address provided by your ISP Address My WAN IP Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Enter the gateway provided by your ISP If your ISP did not provide one leave it Address blank DNS Server Address Assignment if appli
271. ly message 15 Information Request 0 Information request message 16 Information Reply 0 Information reply message Table 124 SIP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION SIP Registration Success The listed SIP account was successfully registered with a SIP by SIP SIP Phone Number register server SIP Registration Fail by An attempt to register the listed SIP account with a SIP register SIP SIP Phone Number server was not successful SIP UnRegistration The listed SIP account s registration was deleted from the SIP Success by SIP SIP Phone register server Number SIP UnRegistration Fail An attempt to delete the listed SIP account s registration from the by SIP SIP Phone Number SIP register server failed Table 125 RTP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Error RTP init fail The initialization of an RTP session failed Error Call fail RTP A VoIP phone call failed because the RTP session could not be connect fail established Error RTP connection The termination of an RTP session failed cannot close Table 126 Lifeline Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION PSTN Call Start A PSTN call has been initiated PSTN Call End A PSTN call has terminated PSTN Call Established A PSTN call has been set up P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 271 Chapter 23 Logs 272 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Tools Use these screens to upload new firm
272. main screen appears See Section 2 4 on page 42 for more information Click Exit if you want to log out BES For security reasons the ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if you do not use the web configurator for five minutes If this happens log in again 2 3 Resetting the ZyXEL Device Reset the ZyXEL Device in the following situations You forgot your password You cannot access the device using the web configurator Check Troubleshooting in the Quick Start Guide to make sure you cannot access the device anymore If you reset the ZyXEL Device you lose all of the changes you have made The ZyXEL Device re loads its default settings and the password resets to 1234 You have to make all of your changes again LES You will lose all of your changes when you push the RESET button To reset the ZyXEL Device P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on and not blinking 2 Press and hold the RESET button for ten seconds Release the RESET button when the POWER LED begins to blink The default settings have been restored If the ZyXEL Device restarts automatically wait for the ZyXEL Device to finish restarting and log in to the web configurator The password is 1234 You have finished If the ZyXEL Device does not restart automatically disconnect and reconnect the ZyXEL Device s power Then follow the directions above again
273. mber from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN 7 1 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configu
274. me LABEL DESCRIPTION lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 2 2 System Information BS Usually you should just click Next in this screen Figure 13 Connection Wizard gt System Information Connection Wizard ZyXEL STEP I gt STEP 2 STEP f System Information u identify your router on the network This information is optional and this field blank System Name IP2302HVVLP1 o the router If you are main Name manually in t is normally left blank Domain Name izyxel com P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 6 Connection Wizard gt System Information LABEL DESCRIPTION System Name Enter your computer s Computer Name See Section 22 1 on page 253 for more information This is for identification purposes but some ISPs also check this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores _ are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name entry that is propagated to DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained from the ISP is used Use up to 38 alphanumeric characters Spaces are not allowed but dashes and periods are accepted
275. me Domain Name Administrator Inactivity Timer Password Setup Old Password New Password Retype to Confirm p2302HALP1 zyxel com fo minutes 0 means no timeout z z pe Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 105 Maintenance gt System gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION System Setup System Name Enter your computer s Computer Name This is for identification purposes but some ISPs also check this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores accepted are Domain Name Enter the domain name entry that is propagated to DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained from the ISP is used Use up to 38 alphanumeric characters Spaces are not allowed but dashes and periods are accepted Administrator Inactivity Timer Enter the number of minutes a management session can be left idle before the session times out After it times out you have to log in again A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle This is not recommended Long idle timeouts may have security risks The default is five minutes Password Setup Old Password Enter the current password you use to access the ZyXEL Device New Password Enter the new password for the ZyXEL Device You can use up to 30 c
276. meucacs RN 300 Figure 205 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting essisssirsrsissssissriiessissrsiinreiissinessisieni Imma eet a teu eee 302 Figure 206 Subnetting Example After Subnetting eese sessi eee nnn ernannt than nna hk 303 Figure 207 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configuration encemien titer oett ornant rene apre reo npe TE EAERERDdA 308 Figure 208 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address cccccsccccceseecccceeensecccceeseeecceeenenseas 309 Figure 209 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration sseeeeeeees 310 Figure 210 Windows XP Start MENU e 311 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 25 List of Figures Figure 217 Windows XP Comm Pale snenie 311 Figure 212 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties esssessss 312 Figure 213 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties eeeseeseseeeeeeeeecennn ene 312 Figure 214 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties cccccssccceeeesssseeeeeetsneeeeeesseaeees 313 Figure 215 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properties 4 snincecassiesacersteiaswerstanencaeetiercnmnecneminues 314 Figure 216 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties eese enne 315 Figure 217 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu RR UU UU T TT 315 Figure 219 Macinigsh OS X NOBEO REC scrrcnnann a a 316 Figure 219 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices
277. mplete Fail LABEL DESCRIPTION lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen Register Again Click this if you want the ZyXEL Device to try to register your SIP account s again Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen The ZyXEL Device saves the information you provided 3 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard Use this wizard to control how much traffic can pass through your ZyXEL Device and the priority of each service application that can use it Each service you select is guaranteed a small amount of bandwidth The remaining bandwidth is divided by priority If one service has higher priority than another then the first service uses as much of the remaining bandwidth as it needs If there is no more bandwidth for the second service then it waits If you do not select a service in this wizard or if you do not find a particular service the service can still use bandwidth but it does not have any guaranteed amount and it has the lowest priority See Chapter 17 on page 197 for more information P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup 3 4 1 Welcome Figure 25 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Welcome Bandwidth Management Wizard ZyXEL Welcome to the ZyXEL Bandwidth Management Wizard n ty for defined The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 17 Bandwidth Management Wizard Welcome LABEL
278. n G 711 PCM G 729 ADPCM Loop Start Signaling Support Modem and Fax Tone Detection and Pass Through DTMF Detection Point to Point Calling Direct IP to IP Calling Speed Dial Phonebook Lifeline Support P 2302HWUDL P1 only Support NAT Traversal RFC 3489 IETF Simple Traversal of UDP Through NAT STUN Caller ID Dialing Type Tone Pulse Auto detection Tip ring polarity reversal VoIP Trunking DECT Base Station DECT GAP profile support Up to 6 DECT GAP phones can be registered with the ZyXEL Device 4 DECT GAP phones can be active at any one time Range varies depending on your location and handset strength DECT GAP phone and base station typically have a range of 50 meters indoors and 250 meters outdoors Wireless WEP key authentication WPA PSK security WPA WPA2 security IEEE 802 11g compatible with IEEE 802 11b MAC address filtering OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology Protocol Support PPP over Ethernet RFC 2516 Transparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocols DHCP Client P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix A Product Specifications Table 131 Feature Specifications continued Management Embedded Web Configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter Remote Management via Telnet or Web FTP TFTP for firmware downloading configuration backup and restoration Syslog Built in Diagnostic Tools for FLASH memory RAM and LAN port
279. n which they appear after it checks the rules in the Advanced Setup section Unconditional Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward all incoming calls to the specified phone number regardless of other rules in the Forward to Number section Specify the phone number in the field on the right Busy Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified phone number if the phone port is busy Specify the phone number in the field on the right If you have call waiting the incoming call is forwarded to the specified phone number if you reject or ignore the second incoming call No Answer Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified Forward to phone number if the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Specify Number the phone number in the field on the right No Answer This field is used by the No Answer Forward to Number feature and No Answer Waiting Time conditions below Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait for you to answer an incoming call before it considers the call is unanswered Advanced Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules before it checks the rules in the Forward to Number section This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific rule The sequence is important however The ZyXEL Device checks each rule in order and it only
280. n your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks Table 38 Private IP Address Ranges 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or have it assigned by a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 6 1 3 MAC Address Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 The MAC address screen allows users to configure the WAN port s MAC address by either using the factory default o
281. nd Troubleshooting 251 Chapter 22 SIGE m T O i zZ fO Q C A s 253 CAE lo TES Li fT 253 Uu mE CIE CI e 253 PO E Eu WE 1 erp ECCE 253 22 1 3 General System SOI sssrinin isi tie ttd dduv tx bd Idus eu dd kl dd ddr Uia 253 pod pL RIACCIO Anm 254 22 2 1 DNS Server Address Assignment xod kebin d ker Re REEF n nHE ERE T AREEHR NN REIP II aRERECEUA 255 22 2 2 DYNAMIC DIN 255 22 2 9 LOVING DNS SOGO siririna etai rade id dd iaa d dz adi a d d b d 255 CERE P ursERo p e T 257 22 3 1 Pre detined NTP Time Servers LISL usi code deed tret od eoa deco d eda 257 22 5 2 Resetting the TIMTO sererai adem ead e Dada bod dk hd dad Pp GR dad dx hdd dio 258 249 0 me Sotings GOGEN 258 Chapter 23 B 261 VEM ch Ae i Mee T E 261 FANE a m 261 mmc og wed 261 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Table of Contents 2a LAGS INS ws Q 262 Bel ELE e e oem P 262 29 2 2 LOG Settings SOCEM P 263 23 9 Lug Massage Descriptions iouis eie Pepe etry er ee tyre Know ore eT rarer o c Ra dx 265 Chap
282. nd then click the Next button if you want to print a test page A pop up screen displays to ask if the test page printed correctly Otherwise select No and then click Next to continue Figure 160 Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page Add Printer Wizard p Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do you want to print a test page lt Back Cancel 13 The following screen shows your current printer settings Select Finish to complete adding a new printer P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 239 Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 161 Add Printer Wizard Complete Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name EPSON Stylus C43 Series Shared as lt Not Shared Port LPT1 Model EPSON Stylus C43 Series Default No Test page Yes To close this wizard click Finish Back Cancel 20 6 Macintosh OS X Adding Printer Example Use the following steps to set up a print server driver on your Macintosh computer 1 Click the Print Center icon located in the Macintosh Dock a place holding a series of icons shortcuts at the bottom of the desktop Proceed to step 6 to continue If the Print Center icon is not in the Macintosh Dock proceed to the next step 2 On your desktop double click the Macintosh
283. nda 85 5 4 4 WPA Z Authentication SOrGBN M 87 STOS TOTEE GR T T T T NN ERR 88 Bc P MolsE DN OST gnana id ur Umen MM 90 DDNBCPMBE usted too pto s eod diis ira aM REM tut dd 91 5 7 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup Loire rper rettet ane de ERR n ERR RR Rp eR a E pA a ER LH tenn 93 Chapter 6 o e M tvaratets 95 ORBE ES ancspcacacnirc tuestadeedsentaduednousicanideauaielued xowcatiereexiagwie Ea E EDENE AE AA TEDN Ea 95 BoP te emo eee isian ioa a aaa a adu leta tracce ea 95 0 1 2 WAN IF Address Assignment searr 95 MOI UM n aciri E a AALE E NAOR 96 EA EEE ET E I EAEE A A A AE NE IEE IE A I N ipd bna 96 6 1 5 DNS Server Address Assiphil GU ssirissiririissririsst irinin eniin i 96 DUE AD LSCERBEIS seti gat bot tob a a 97 6 2 1 WAN Internet Connection Screen Ethernet 0 ccccsecerccaseteeecceceneeeeceeaneneenceae 97 6 2 2 WAN Internet Connection Screen Roadrunner cecinere 98 6 2 3 WAN Internet Connection Screen PPPOE sessi essen tanda tanus 99 0 24 WAN Advanced Soroa ccicischcniesscoisabere ieu E EpM a CH M PPAR DR DRAN dp REA 101 6 2 5 WAN Trafic Redirect Seren 11d p e CH Ro Fr E ad E mn aito v RO a 103 Chapter 7 E eR 105 E CEARN OVO DU Pre 105 fe lA IP Address and Subnet Masks etii chiara eod exa Upd enis add Lb Sa dev eid ieia 105 FE AR S ey gaint cariatetia lorie eel eaten on eine aia needed is 106 PES I MELIA E pihediaassioucasnesiecap ene eae caneeaeiei
284. ne number Number Enter the SIP number you want the ZyXEL Device to call when you dial the speed dial number Name Enter a name to identify the party you call when you dial the speed dial number You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Phone Book Table 69 VolP gt Phone Book gt Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Type Select Use Proxy if you want to use one of your SIP accounts to call this phone number Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL if you want to use a different SIP server or if you want to make a peer to peer call In this case enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or the other party in the field below Add Click this to use the information in the Speed Dial section to update the Speed Dial Phone Book section Speed Dial Phone Book Use this section to look at all the speed dial entries and to erase them Speed Dial This field displays the speed dial number you should dial to use this entry You should dial the numbers the way they appear in the screen Number This field displays the SIP number the ZyXEL Device calls when you dial the speed dial number Name This field displays the name of the party you call when you dial the speed dial number Destination This field is blank if the speed dial entry uses one of your SIP accounts Otherwise this field shows the IP address or domain name of the S
285. nfortfietlGlT ra a E 62 2313 ET E SEINE Sa A T AE a AE EAT d doa ls a E E T 63 eT ea gS Ei De UTR 64 MEM digi mt H 65 Chapter 4 Status SCFOGIIS s iukcea ni e P EREA GN ICREN RKREESFSARASUNGRUERANRSNAR NNUS RIRKSRIEKnN IC GU FEFADNREKR 67 WU isaac adsl hc Tact diee dati abad d rade Hadas dia cla Auta aS ooh oases 67 42 Any IP Table WINGO m I 71 4S DACP E M ID A 71 4A VolP Statistics uito TIT DUET 72 425 BW MGMT Montor VIO usquc iei tetra die ooi a GE EFE SpE 73 46 Packet Statisties WINdOW cst ados PIER Ex ER n tuae dads uu RE dada c a LR didi add 75 Part IE m TT Chapter 5 bill LAN DR 79 5 1 Wireless Network Oval vigi peenise EAEE Ead SERERA 79 5 2 Wireless Secunty OVOriCW A M 80 E E TD TED E om TREE 80 5 22 MAC Address FIM MERI T T m 80 Barton LASS Poterit aOR sarna erc d etr Rid et alea e PU ee AR LA REL Eae p uad 80 SR Ac deo MANU MET TR ARN 81 5 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST ecce 82 12 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Table of Contents 5 5 Additional Wireless TONIS ianscsseda sire r t pre E ERE Eoo PE EE EUR EE HIE Se RELIER LEAEUDE RE e E Epp LEES on dg 82 um General WLAN SGEE eT 82 DAA NO SECU M ia A A EEA 83 DAL NEF Bac au STEE a dalennau nds Eno Rowlands 84 na POP Re Olt ween emacs ideni n
286. ng since it last started up The ZyXEL Device starts up when you plug it in when you restart it Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart or when you reset it see Section 2 3 on page 41 Poll Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen and click Set Interval Set Interval Click this to make the ZyXEL Device update the screen based on the amount of time you specified in Poll Interval Stop Click this to make the ZyXEL Device stop updating the screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide PART II Network Wireless LAN 79 WAN 95 LAN 105 NAT 117 Wireless LAN This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your ZyXEL Device See the appendices for more detailed information about wireless networks 5 1 Wireless Network Overview The following figure provides an example of a wireless network Figure 36 Example of a Wireless Network s gt da wen wmew The wireless network is the part in the blue circle In this wireless network devices A and B use the access point AP to interact with the other devices such as the printer or with the Internet Your ZyXEL Device is the AP Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines Every device in the same wireless network must use the same SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network It stands for Service Set IDentity Iftwo wireless networks
287. nge this in Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting System Resource CPU Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s processing ability is currently used When this percentage is close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is running at full load and the throughput is not going to improve anymore If you want some applications to have more throughput you should turn off other applications for example using bandwidth management see Chapter 17 on page 197 Memory Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s memory is currently used Usually this percentage should not increase much If memory usage does get close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is probably becoming unstable and you should restart the device See Section 24 2 5 on page 277 or turn off the device unplug the power for a few seconds IVR Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s Interactive Voice Response IVR memory is currently used This memory is used to store recordings of custom tones that the ZyXEL Device plays when people call you See Section 9 2 on page 132 for more information Interface Status Interface This column displays each interface the ZyXEL Device has P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Table 22 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Status This field indicates whether or not the ZyXEL Device is using the inter
288. niacadiviveecdunriaaddee tends 243 Figure 171 Check the Workgroup Name 1scieniiss pee etd a todo Leva aa e Ra ROG ERG LEO o bid ut to dan 245 Figure 172 Pile Sanne LOO aicdaesteio iv a An icu am bd e en Erin tbi etu van iia a a eR 245 Figure 173 Management gt mone 246 Figure 174 File Sharing via Windows Explorer iiis eem irte nra kc pet kd kh tr EK 248 gi ARALCDEBRUSCd cci qe mie N 248 Figure 176 Browse to a File Share via Workgroup Name esee eene nnn nennt nnne 249 Figure 177 Maintenance gt System gt General eeeeseseu eeiam keith anna nni th aa Rau Eae MA Ra Rua uL A 44 254 Figure 178 Maintenance gt System gt Dynamic DNS i escisescesec ciere n attinet pore ea Eno re ta Rd 256 Figure 179 Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting eeeeeeeeseeee enne 258 Figure 180 Maintenance gt Logs cbi s dicU 262 Figure 181 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings icccicsssitettesssvicseessni scedeersadscetes ses adnata abad deus iniiai 263 Figure 182 Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware aussseeeersieesssrrssseerrresrrinnnsneennaeernnnaadarennnasnnannanaeenaaaaannnnaaa 273 Figure 193 Frimware Upload ge meer 274 Figure 184 Network Temporarily Disconnected iiuuesceissctet bna tort tea sa E Pa t Le gie ES id 274 Figure 185 Firmware Upload mile UR 275 Figure 186 Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration e ceeceeseter netten erra munita nu iara dan 275 Figur
289. nis so prL IIS nais SEE SPEECH SS RRPALE GEB RR a 85 Figure 40 Wireless vaca ls Pc 86 Figure 41 Wireless viU e iani ane E A a S 87 Figure 42 Network Wireless LAN OTIST 2uisectidcs oret aiar irinin niea 88 Figure 43 Example Wireless Client OTIST Sereen sicsscoiicgatetcacstern cauarshvcgaiobiienncasianenuamenenns 89 Figure 44 OTIST Seting T M 90 Figure 45 OTIST In Progress on the Wireless Device aesssesssssssessrreerrrrrsseeerresrrinnnnserrnnaerrrnaaaeeennneannn 90 zo Rb aO T aee a 91 Figure 4 MAC Address Filler an 92 Figure 48 Wireless LAN Advanced m m 93 Figure 49 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Ethernet 0 cccceeeecccceeeeeecceeeeeeeeceeeeneeeecaeeneneeeaes 97 Figure 50 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Roadrunner essen 99 Figure 51 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection PPPOE eese nennen nennen ann nnnan 100 Figure 52 Network gt WAN gt Feline 2e saei tratte tuba tela kb Fb d XR EP Eai aE 102 Figure 53 Network gt WAN gt Traffic Redirect eeeeseeeeeeeeeueeee nante nnn nn tha a a naa nna aa d nus sta 4a 103 Fete o gt my IP XD o ena ob Et d mua Des ibis eoim um ve tetiibulede qeu tuae ue e rete tubo ep ilia 108 Figure B5 Nebwork s LAN S BS ssi isseca rapto apta cin at bc SR HR Ha qu Ag MR ab FR at dela 109 Figure 56 Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup esses rer todct tr ptt ttc bana bati Pr RR
290. nse to a DoS attack ICMP Source Quench ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP Source Quench attack ICMP Time Exceed ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP Time Exceed attack ICMP Destination Unreachable ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP Destination Unreachable attack ping of death ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP ping of death attack smurf ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP smurf attack Table 122 Remote Management Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Remote Management FTP denied Attempted use of FTP service was blocked according to remote management settings Remote Management TELNET denied Attempted use of TELNET service was blocked according to remote management settings P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 122 Remote Management Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Remot anagement HTTP or Attempted use of HTTP or UPnP service was blocked UPnP denied according to remote management settings Remot anagement WWW denied Attempted use of WWW service was blocked according to remote management settings Remot anagement HTTPS Attempted use of HTTPS service was blocked according to denied remote management settings Remot anagement SSH denied Attempted use of SSH service was blocked according to remote management settings Remote Management ICMP Ping Attempted use of ICMP se
291. nt Protocol see SNMP 212 SIP 127 account 57 accounts 127 and DECT 150 and multimedia sessions 127 and VoIP 127 call progression 128 client server protocol 128 identities 127 number 127 outbound proxy 131 proxy server 129 redirect server 129 register server 130 server address 58 servers 128 service domain 128 settings 57 134 user agent 128 SIP Session Initiation Protocol 127 SIP ALG 119 130 SIP ALG Application Layer Gateway 119 SIP URI Uniform Resource Identifier 127 SNMP manager 212 MIBs 213 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Index SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 212 sound quality and VoIP 131 specification tables 287 speed dial 157 spoofing the MAC address 55 96 SSID 80 hiding 83 SSID Service Set IDentity 79 SSID and security 80 stateful inspection 179 static route 193 default 194 gateway 194 metric 195 overview 193 static WEP 81 85 status bar 45 status indicators 37 storage humidity 287 storage temperature 287 STUN 130 131 settings 138 STUN Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol UDP through Network Address Translators 131 subnet 299 subnet mask 105 300 subnet based bandwidth management 198 subnets on the LAN 108 subnetting 302 supplementary phone services 141 supplementary services and DECT phones 150 syntax conventions 4 system name 253 system timeout 210 T TCP IP port 230 telephone keys and DTMF 132 text file forma
292. ntation of your device ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook computer LJ Em Nem Server DSLAM Firewall Telephone Switch Router WS es P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide a Safety Warnings Safety Warnings D gt For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions e e e e e e e e e e e e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT store things on the device Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device Please contact your vendor for further information Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT
293. o 1 Menu 211 Filer Set F2 cscactusrsiscsncasissctessvasd sadvraguteceasrsiancqeuniatusedustdcadencenaniedsneeiehieurineeencsiedi 334 Table 152 Menu 23 System AUS saisis a E 336 Table 153 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control cccesssceccceeeeneeceeeeesneeeeeentnneesenensneceerentnnenes 337 Table 154 Command Iur 338 Table 155 Examples of Services eiiiai pp qa ipe condi moan vide aada R ERE EVE E Ma ET aaa aaa FERA She deena 339 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide PART I Introduction Wizards and Status Introducing the ZyXEL Device 33 Introducing the Web Configurator 39 Wizard Setup 47 Status Screens 67 Introducing the ZyXEL Device This chapter introduces the main applications and features of the ZyXEL Device 1 1 Overview This user s guide explains how to configure the following ZyXEL devices The P 2302HWUD P1 is a 4 port wireless router with Voice over IP VoIP communication capabilities that allow you to use a traditional analog telephone to make Internet calls The P 2302HWUD P1 is also a complete security solution with a robust firewall and content filtering The P 2302HWUDL P1 adds a Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN line feature which allows you to use your regular phone services and internet telephone services at the same time This user s guide refers to these models simply as the ZyXEL Device Please refer to Appendix A on page 287 for a complete list of features
294. o PUEDE oet Lp Ei N aoa s ident 37 Table 2 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar eeeuiueeeeiuseseeesissse seen tenu nnn tint nhat n nana at 43 Ee edu Derim een M 43 Tabea Mam Wian SGEN TIT M 48 Table gt Conneccion Wizard VUBIGOPEB sunseidensnkinn FEEDS Spe rt ERU a 49 Table 6 Connection Wizard gt System Information ies eiieese sen dunes tenus s ed dtc 50 Table 7 Connection Wizard gt ISP Parameters Ethernet eeeeeeeeesesssseseseiesne etate tnnnn nnn 50 Table 8 Connection Wizard ISP Parameters PPPOE t rri br rpm SERE Hon R ER CHEN EEHLS nk HE IUE 51 Table 9 Connection Wizard IF Address iso rst rt rrr rtt nba ISERPyROIASEEERE PATE FYUREI dS SX ER Py dS S PR bA IY ERE PL X2SS 52 Table 10 Connection Wizard gt IP Address Ethernet eueeeeeeesiesseeseee einen nhat nnn a hana 53 Table 11 Connection Wizard gt IP Address PPPOE iiiiiseiuienicka rne ttrpt rentrer tdt erc 55 Table 12 Connection Wizard gt MAU AddroSS auisneedse entre tsor bed hera a Ei REEL ORE RN RR EP 56 Table 13 Connection Vlad gt FMBI aassckepesoitec bebe nintkxP ris RR eb RM REPE RP RES UN rLlan ar bebo AR S Pr Lei RR RN Rd 57 Table 14 VolP Setup Wizard gt SIP SODDJS iiecccceesececceh recesccet tutus bc cet eor t et tee secet tovc ez eoe RE EE 58 Table 15 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete SUCCESS ssseessse 59 Table 16 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Fail
295. o configure the print server you need the following Microsoft Windows 95 Windows 98 SE Second Edition Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Macintosh OS X P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Your operating system must support TCP IP ports for printing and be compatible with the Line Printer Remote LPR protocol A USB printer with the driver already installed on your computer 20 3 Configure a TCP IP Printer Port This example shows screens from a Windows 2000 Professional operating system Some menu items may look different on your system The TCP IP port must be configured with the IP address of the ZyXEL Device and must use the LPR Line Printer Remote protocol to communicate with the printer Consult your operating systems documentation for instructions on how to do this or follow the instructions below if you have a Windows 2000 XP operating system 1 Click Start Settings then right click on Printers and select Open Figure 142 Open Printers Window New Office Document Open Office Document Set Program Access and Defaults Windows Update Winzip Programs Favorites Documents 3 Control Panel BY Network and Dial up Connections Search Help A Taskbar amp Start Menu Run Y Shut Down s Add Printer Acrobat Distiller d HP LaserJet 8000 Series PCL 6 Go WebWorks Rasterizer d Canon iRS000 6000 PCL6 G Ad
296. o not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 200 Internet Options Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e Z o e Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet d This zone contains all Web sites you haven t placed in other zones Sites Al xl m Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone z Medium Safe browsing and still functional a Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Custom Level Default Level OK Cancel Apply Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Scripting Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default Click OK to close the window ou Rh WN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop Up Windows Java and JavaScript Permissions Figure 201 Security Settings Java Scripting Security Settings 3j xl Settings 5 Scripting J Active OQ Prompt Z Allow paste operations via script Q Disa
297. o print from a Macintosh computer P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide File Sharing Use these screens to set up file sharing through your ZyXEL Device 21 1 File Sharing Implementation Overview Your ZyXEL Device allows you to connect USB 2 0 or lower file storage devices so that they can be accessed by users connected to your network A file storage device can be a USB memory stick or a hard drive with a USB connector The following figure is an overview of the ZyXEL Device s file server feature BES File Allocation Table FAT and FAT32 file systems are the only file systems compatible with the file sharing feature Figure 170 File Sharing Overview Do the following to set up file sharing via your ZyXEL Device 1 Connect a USB memory stick or a USB hard drive to one of the ZyXEL Device s USB ports 2 The ZyXEL Device detects the USB memory stick and makes its contents available for browsing If you connect more than one device or your hard drive has more than one P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 21 File Sharing partition each device or partition is given its own folder These folders are called shares 3 Configure a user account Anyone who wants to access your shared files must enter a user name and password See Section 21 3 on page 245 for more information 21 2 Sharing Files via the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device uses Common Internet File System CIFS pr
298. oE remote server cannot be discovered automatically Figure 18 Connection Wizard gt IP Address PPPoE Connection Wizard STEP 4 STEP2 STEP 3 f Internet Configuration My WAN IP Address First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 11 Connection Wizard gt IP Address PPPoE Third DNS Server LABEL DESCRIPTION My WAN IP Enter the IP address provided by your ISP Address First DNS Server Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information In this Second DNS case the ISP assigns the WAN IP address too See Network gt WAN gt Internet Server Connection The field to the right is read only and it displays the IP address provided by your ISP Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server You might get it from your ISP or from your network Enter the IP address in the field to the right Select None if you do not want to use this DNS server If you select None for all of the DNS servers you must use IP addresses to configure the ZyXEL Device and to access the Internet Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 2 6 MAC Address Figure 19 Connection
299. oIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value SIP Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server provided by your VoIP service provider You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters It does not matter whether the SIP server is a proxy redirect or register server SIP Server Port Enter the SIP server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value REGISTER Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP register server if your VoIP Server Address service provider gave you one Otherwise enter the same address you entered in the SIP Server Address field You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters REGISTER Enter the SIP register server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider Server Port gave you one Otherwise enter the same port number you entered in the SIP Server Port field SIP Service Enter the SIP service domain name In the full SIP URI this is the part after the Domain symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters Send Caller ID Select this if you want to send identification when you make VoIP phone calls Clear this if you do not want to send identification Authentication User Name Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters Password Enter the use
300. oad bandwidth of the LAN users set the bandwidth management class on the LAN In order to limit the upload bandwidth set the bandwidth management class on the corresponding WAN interface Root Class In this section you can look at each class and its allocated bandwidth Select the class to which you want to add a sub class which you want to edit or which you want to delete If you used the Bandwidth Management Wizard each service you selected except WWW becomes a LAN sub class and a WAN sub class in this screen WWW only becomes a LAN sub class Add Sub Class Click this to add a sub class to the selected class Edit Click this to configure the selected class You cannot edit the root class The Bandwidth Class Edit screen appears Delete Click this to delete the selected class and all its sub classes You cannot delete the root class P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT 17 2 3 Bandwidth Class Edit Screen Use this screen to configure a bandwidth management class LES For each interface you must enable bandwidth management before you can configure classes To access this screen click Add Sub Class in Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup Figure 117 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup gt Edit BW MANAGER EDIT CLASS Class Name ILAN NULL Bandwidth Budget 0 kbps Priority 3 0 7 Borrow bandwidth from parent class BW MANAGER
301. obe PDF E Canon iR5000 6000 PCLSe d Microsoft Office Document Image Writer SS PRT403 on zytwptO1 zyxel com d I PRT402 on zytwptO1 zyxel com PSON Stylus C45 Series The Printers folder opens up First you need to open up the properties windows for the printer you want to configure a TCP IP port 2 Locate your printer 3 Right click on your printer and select properties P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 143 Open Printer Properties 3 Printers File Edit View Favorites Tools Help dens E Bsearch Syrolders C Um GE OX A Ea Address ja Printers 7 s Add Printer d Acrobat Distiller Ready Qf Adobe PDF 0 Ready d Canon iRS000 6000 PCLSe o Ready EPSON Stylus C45 Series fe EPSON Stydue 45 Series Ready Documents 0 Eee ee v Set as Default Printer Printing Preferences Model EPSON Stylus C45 Series Pause Printing Waiting Time 0 Cancel All Documents Use Printer Offline EPSON Support Windows 2000 Support SEIS Delete Rename 4 Select the Ports tab and click Add Port Figure 144 Printer Properties Window f EPSON Stylus C45 Series Properties 2 x Color Management Security ersion Information General Shang O Pots Advanced lt 4 EPSON Stylus C45 Series Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port O LPT Pr
302. og PHONG f saa 145 Figure 77 VolP gt Phone Analog Phone gt Advanced 1st ett ta Riga ak x RR EE ER 146 Figure 79 DEG T Base Station OVEN 2 2 pec uedeb ope ed Hd Pn EP ON oda E pM MEM NI MEE NA M NEN 147 Figure 79 DECT Base Station Button Top of the ZyXEL Device eeeeeseeseeeeneeeenen nnne 148 Figure 80 DECT Base Station Phone Registration ssssssseeeemnn 148 Figure 81 Using Your DECT PRONG 149 22 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure 22 VolP Phone DECT PRONO 311 3 pbi x apa E aki s Hla ota ad n Ht dai at 151 Figura 93 VolP gt Phong gt COMMON 2cucucssunt ecu tto eu tein tue ea CEU EU REA E EET seamadautsstnakeueas EA Cet toa a ER ELEME 152 Figure 84 VolP gt Phone gt REGION M 152 Figure 85 VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Polly 1 iacere terna en bbb tai hora a pn hob exe e 155 Figure oo VolP PST One CSSHBEd serenana ct ba er tlie det ertet ne pad eet ule eee bula dee Rada a bula ss 160 Figure 87 Peer Devices Connecting E 162 Figure 88 voll Phone To PSTN Nac enc cassis ette tb ELM PER IH the hr RE xn Pte ln ta te di 163 Figure BS POM Phone To VOIP PEDI ose irr EH ann EIE Pe LER EU nope E M Pg LUDUM ROM IINP EU IR ODEEAE RR RDUN 164 Figure 90 PSTN Phone To PSTN Phone vis VolP 1 dene Mod te o e ded ethos 164 Figure 91 VolP o Trunking gt General i
303. ol t a ped a Fu s uU dod aa 227 Chapter 20 Shanng a USB ulli RN RN 229 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Table of Contents ERES DU N ar a 229 pa eee EEE TIRE EA T OLDEST 229 20 3 Contigure a TOCPIEP Printer POTE sinc ccteseneccsiavs sencaiverssan sais sanina iiio aui iA a 230 zd P o a O aA creer errr ert ore Tre 234 20 5 Adding a New Primer EXIIT EIS otuluset erbe reset xp nnna tne ule ad ke ope Prae eRaAEEEraS 235 20 6 Macintosh OS X Adding Printer Example arresti tou ai itta tuse tutt pna att reni nis 240 Chapter 21 IE DC m t 243 21 1 File Sharing Implementation Overview esesecesseeeeeese nene n nnn thema ann ntn anat tn naa 243 21 2 Sharing Files vier the ZyXEL DOVIGB 225 irse erepta trio enina n n 244 21 2 1 Using tie Workgroup Name to Share FSS 4 pet t ntt taa t htt 244 UR NEC eeoD qi eee EP 245 21 4 File Sharing General Sereen i25 Lacie etate bna sve E sninn eninin an Eana teadainns dbbbd dV UVP pb 245 21 5 Accessing Files via the ZyXEL Device eecseeseceiseee seen nennen natn tnna aa nn than d ua nada 247 21 5 1 Using Windows Explorer to Share FIR 1uccuterecvae EE n polea bota Peer arae vea ap rr eaa Rund 247 21 5 2 Using The Run Utility To Share Files uuuisaiescti ttt HL HERE RH EIS RR Ee Rd 248 21 5 3 Using the Workgroup Name to Access Files c ccccccceseecccceeeseeccneeeseeeaneeereees 248 Part VI Maintanence a
304. olicy Speed Dial Use this screen to configure speed dial numbers for SIP phone numbers PSTN Line General Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for PSTN calls Trunking General Use this screen to enable trunking on your ZyXEL Device Peer Call Use this screen to configure peer device authentication for trunking calls Call Rule Use this screen to configure forwarding rules on your ZyXEL Device for trunking calls Security Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and log packets related to firewall rules Services Use this screen to enable service blocking LAN to WAN firewall rules Content Filter Filter Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering Management Static Route IP Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes Bandwidth Summary Use this screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface and set MGMT the maximum allowed bandwidth and scheduler for the interface Class Setup Use this screen to define bandwidth classes Monitor Use this screen to view bandwidth class statistics P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Remote MGMT WWW Use this screen to configure through w
305. omputer After all the routing information 1s updated the computer can access the ZyXEL Device and the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device 7 2 LAN Screens 7 2 1 LAN IP Screen Use this screen to set up the ZyXEL Device s IP address and subnet mask To access this screen click Network gt LAN gt IP Figure 55 Network gt LAN gt IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Ae Cancel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Each field is described in the following table Table 44 Network gt LAN gt IP LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device on the LAN Note This field is the IP address you use to access the ZyXEL Device on the LAN If the web configurator is running on a computer on the LAN you lose access to the web configurator as soon as you change this field and click Apply You can access the web configurator again by typing the new IP address in the browser IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask of the LAN Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 7 2 2 LAN DHCP Setup Screen Use this screen to enable disable and configure the DHCP server in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup Figure 56 Network g
306. on how quickly you dial phone numbers If you select Active Immediate Dial in VoIP gt Phone gt Common you can press the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make the phone call immediately regardless of this setting VAD Support Select this if the ZyXEL Device should stop transmitting when you are not speaking This reduces the bandwidth the ZyXEL Device uses lt Back Click this to return to the Analog Phone screen without saving your changes Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone 10 3 DECT Base Station Overview Your ZyXEL Device has a built in Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications DECT base station DECT is an ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute standard for digital cordless phones which specifies how they transmit receive and process data and voice communication Figure 78 DECT Base Station Overview Internet VoIP The DECT base station follows the Generic Access Profile GAP GAP a subset of DECT specifies how DECT phones register with a DECT base station The DECT GAP standard ensures that two different products a phone and a base station from different manufacturers can work together Any phone that supports GAP can make and receive calls through the ZyXEL Device 10 3 1 DECT Phone Registration
307. on with a device on 1 4 the Local Area Network LAN Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data to from the LAN Off The ZyXEL Device does not have an Ethernet connection with the LAN WLAN Green On The wireless network is activated and is operating in IEEE 802 11b g mode Blinking The ZyXEL Device is communicating with other wireless clients OFF The wireless network is not activated P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Table 1 LED Descriptions LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION WAN Green On The ZyXEL Device has an Ethernet connection with the cable DSL modem Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data to from the cable DSL modem Off The ZyXEL Device doesn t have an Ethernet connection with the cable DSL modem INTERNET Green On The ZyXEL Device has a working IP address Red On The ZyXEL Device does not have a working IP address but there is a network connection Off The ZyXEL Device does not detect any network connection USB 2 0 Green On The ZyXEL Device recognizes a USB connection Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data to from the USB device connected to it Off The ZyXEL Device does not detect a USB connection PHONE 1 2 Green On A SIP account on this phone port is registered Blinking The phone is off the hook Orange On There is a voice message for a SIP account on this ph
308. on you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first choice Type Third This field is disabled if Secondary Compression Type is None Compression Select the ZyXEL Device s third choice for voice coder decoder Select None if Type you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first or second choice P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP Table 58 VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION DTMF Mode Control how the ZyXEL Device handles the tones that your telephone makes when you push its buttons You should use the same mode your VoIP service provider uses RFC 2833 send the DTMF tones in RTP packets PCM send the DTMF tones in the voice data stream This method works best when you are using a codec that does not use compression like G 711 Codecs that use compression like G 729 can distort the tones SIP INFO send the DTMF tones in SIP messages STUN Active Select this if all of the following conditions are satisfied There is a NAT router between the ZyXEL Device and the SIP server The NAT router is not a SIP ALG e Your VoIP service provider gave you an IP address or domain name for a STUN server Otherwise clear this field Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the STUN server provided by your VoIP service provider Server Port Enter the STUN server s listening port if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise
309. one port The SIP account has to be registered first Blinking The phone is off the hook and there is a voice message for a SIP account on this phone port Off There are no SIP accounts registered on this phone port P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access the ZyXEL Device web configurator and provides an overview of its screens 2 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy ZyXEL Device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default See the troubleshooting chapter if you want to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator 2 2 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected and prepare your computer computer network to connect to the ZyXEL Device refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Launch your web browser 3 Type 192 168 1 1 the ZyXEL Device s default LAN IP address as the URL The Login screen appears
310. ones 8 Recordable You can record up to 8 different custom tones but the total time must be 127 seconds or less 9 2 0 1 Recording Custom Tones Use the following steps if you would like to create new tones or change your tones 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press anumber from 1101 1108 on your phone followed by the key 3 Play your desired music or voice recording into the receiver s mouthpiece Press the key 4 You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 1 The ZyXEL Device supports DTMF at the time of writing 132 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP 9 2 0 2 Listening to Custom Tones Do the following to listen to a custom tone 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1201 1208 followed by the key to listen to the tone 3 You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 9 2 0 3 Deleting Custom Tones Do the following to delete a custom tone 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1301 1308 followed by the key to
311. oosing a path with the lowest cost The smaller the metric the lower the cost RIP uses hop count as the measurement of cost where 1 is for a directly connected network The metric must be 1 15 if you use a value higher than 15 the routers assume the link is down Private Usually you should keep the default value This field is related to RIP See Chapter 7 on page 105 for more information This field determines whether or not the ZyXEL Device includes the route to this remote node in its RIP broadcasts If you select Yes this route is not included in RIP broadcast If you select No the route to this remote node is propagated to other hosts through RIP broadcasts WAN MAC Address Spoof WAN MAC Address Select this if you do not want to use the default MAC address for the ZyXEL Device Clone the This field is enabled if you select Spoof WAN MAC Address computers MAC Enter the IP address of the computer whose MAC address you want the ZyXEL address IP Device to use instead of the default MAC address Address Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 6 2 4 WAN Advanced Screen Use this screen to set up DNS servers RIP and Windows Networking policies for the WAN To access this screen click Network gt WAN gt Advanced P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WA
312. operties window Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted Restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings 1 2 3 Click Start and then Run In the Run window type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway Windows 2000 NT XP The following example figures use the default Windows XP GUI theme 1 Click start Start in Windows 2000 NT Settings Control Panel P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 210 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer D My Documents 5 Outlook Express Y Paint 8 Files and Settings Transfer W B 5 ERY Command Prompt c My Music EJ Acrobat Reader 4 0 D My Computer Tour Windows xP D Windows Movie Maker E Control Panel e My Pictures 2 My Recent Documents te Printers and Faxes Q9 Help and Support All Programs D 29 Log Off o Turn Off Computer 5 untitled Paint 2 Inthe Control Panel double click Network Connections Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT Figure 211 amp Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Windows XP Control Panel d pe Search le Folders G Address Control Panel va Control Panel A Qe Switch to Category view See Also
313. option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 223 Chapter 19 UPnP Figure 135 System Tray Icon J Internet Connection is now connected Click here For more information I 5 upnp2 Paint 7 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status Figure 136 Internet Connection Status Y Internet Connection Status General Internet Gateway Status Connected Duration 00 00 56 Speed 100 0 Mbps Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Packets Sent 8 Received 5 343 19 2 2 2 Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 UPnP Figure 137 Network Connections Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Back gt 5d P Search li Folders Ez Address Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks 1 Internet Connection 5 Create a new connection Disabled Set up a
314. ork sii 77 PU e LAN eet r 79 WAN eer te earner etre rere eer erry b RERUM E d E cer tr tran eee caterer rer QUARE uM MER UIDIME UN arr 95 E sc Ae ai td se aid oa rte EE a aa gael T acre a E M 105 Ll NN eaten ter ctam enone me Saree tL ERNEUT REMMI OT URDU Oe One SEITEN Cx arene nme A 117 WOU sacisciaccciuentatestesnekousadnanuadesiskeadeohadeasearsebaisenssnsensssetuenetssnbasateetisneenecaagauberseniessicetiguiceticusaneiie 125 s na osteitis a IATA prasad NU PT HN 127 PUNE e E E N N E E E E A E E E T 141 it doo Acc 155 PoTN EN T treet err 159 bel ilt T 161 SOCUHDE E EE E E E E E E E E E E 177 xul E 179 COmMent FIET AN UN NT HN 187 Management WF Y V 0e UCU dg I O 99 A 191 Se DIDIT aaan OR EE HAN Ade cia Sec E RARO EULEPA IA IL ie A a te LEER ORE ODD C rin SAASTA MER tect 193 Bags Bley EEL Ue perenne aren de tre ent EUM Od rer quU E 197 acp mcntem 209 DEBES oppiin otn ertet diee ces rone Ea came mre MC eir cuan puli mere Te 217 SHANG BUSS PMET c 229 at c r 243 Maintanence and Troubleshooting ee
315. ortant however The ZyXEL Device checks each rule in order and it only follows the first one that applies Name This field displays the name that describes the static route Active This field shows whether this static route is active Yes or not No Destination This field displays the destination IP address es that this static route affects Gateway This field displays the IP address of the gateway to which the ZyXEL Device should send packets for the specified Destination The gateway is a router or a switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Modify Use this field to edit or erase the static route Click the Edit icon to open the IP Static Route Edit screen for this static route Click the Remove icon to erase this static route 16 2 2 IP Static Route Edit Screen Use this screen to edit a static route in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click an Edit icon in Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Static Route Figure 113 Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route gt Edit Static Route Setup Route Name active Private Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Metric Each field is described in the following table Table 83 Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route gt Edit LAB
316. ot change the Ethernet duplex setting in the ZyXEL Device If this interface uses PPPoE encapsulation this field displays the port speed and the status of the call Down The connection is not available Dial The ZyXEL Device is making the call Idle The call is connected Drop The ZyXEL Device is ending the call The LAN interface always uses Ethernet encapsulation You can change the encapsulation of the WAN interface in Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection Tx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has transmitted from the port P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Table 27 Packet Statistics Window LABEL DESCRIPTION Rx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has received from the port Collisions This field displays the number of collisions detected by the port Tx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has transmitted packets from the port The rate is the number of bytes transmitted one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed Rx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has received packets from the port The rate is the number of bytes received one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed Up Time This is the total amount of time the port has been connected System Up Time This field displays how long the ZyXEL Device has been runni
317. otocol for its file sharing functions CIFS protocol is supported on Microsoft Windows Linux Samba and other operating systems refer to your systems specifications for CIFS compatibility CIFS compatible computers can access the USB file storage devices connected to the ZyXEL Device 21 2 1 Using the Workgroup Name to Share Files BS In order to use this method to share files you need to add the ZyXEL Device to the workgroup on the network to which your computer belongs In a typical home network this workgroup name is Workgroup The ZyXEL Device will not be accessible via the workgroup name if your local area network has restrictions set up that do not allow devices to join a workgroup In this case contact your network administrator 21 2 1 1 Checking your Workgroup Name You can check the name of the workgroup to which your computer belongs by viewing the Network Identification information of your Windows 2000 computer Click Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt System Select the Network Identification tab and note the workgroup name of your computer This is the value you have to enter in the Workgroup Name field in the File Sharing screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 21 File Sharing Figure 171 Check the Workgroup Name d Hardware User Profiles Advanced General LH Windows uses the following information to identify your computer on the network Full computer name TW
318. otocol number Description This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used Table 155 Examples of Services NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION AH User Defined 51 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header IPSEC TUNNEL tunneling protocol uses this service AIM TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from TCP UDP 24032 White Pines Software DNS TCP UDP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names e g www zyxel com to IP numbers ESP User Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security IPSEC_TUNNEL Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Program a program to enable TCP 21 fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix G Services Table 155 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol HTTP TCP 8
319. ou cannot use the Connection Wizard if the PPPoE remote server cannot be discovered automatically You must use the screens discussed in Chapter 6 on page 95 instead Figure 15 Connection Wizard gt ISP Parameters PPPoE Connection Wizard i STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 ffi Internet Configuration Enter your Internet S Connection Type Service Name User Name Password The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 8 Connection Wizard gt ISP Parameters PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION Connection Type Select PPP over Ethernet Service Name Enter the PPP service name provided by your ISP If your ISP did not provide a service name leave this field blank User Name Enter the user name provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next gt Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 51 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup 3 2 4 Your IP Address Figure 16 Connection Wizard gt IP Address Connection Wizard STEPS TEP ae STEPS ffi Internet Configuration OQ Get automatically from your ISP L Use fixed IP address provided by your ISP The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 9 Connection Wizard gt IP Address LABEL DESCRIPTION Get automatical
320. ount consists of the IP address and port number of the branch office ZyXEL Device as well as the username and password for authentication This username and password must match the incoming authentication account username and password on the branch office ZyXEL Device The name of this account is CityB referring to the branch office ZyXEL Device In this example the username is headquarters and the password is password This can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call screen Figure 100 PSTN to PSTN Example Outgoing Authentication l Peer Call Outgoing Authentication nn 2 3 CGC IL hws 5 6 7 8 9 3 A call rule needs to be created This rule tells the ZyXEL Device which remote peer device it should connect to in order to complete the call This rule is composed ofa pattern and an account name This pattern is simply the first several digits of the number you want the remote device to connect to In this example this is the first 4 digits 5555 of Sales1 telephone number The account name is the name of the outgoing authentication account created in the Speed Dial screen CityB This setting can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rule screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Figure 101 PSTN to PSTN Example Call Rule General Peer Call Peer Call Outgoing Ta
321. oute Overview Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected and the ZyXEL Device has no knowledge of the networks beyond For instance the ZyXEL Device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node Router 1 However the ZyXEL Device is unable to route a packet to network N3 because it doesn t know that there is a route through the same remote node Router 1 via gateway Router 2 The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL Device about the networks beyond the remote nodes Figure 111 Example of Static Routing Topology N1 N3 a 4 a g DI 16 2 Static Route Screens 16 2 1 IP Static Route Screen Use this screen to look at static routes in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Static Route ES The first static route is the default route and cannot be modified or deleted Figure 112 Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route IP Static Route Static Route Rules pt Name active Destination Gateway Modify 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TERRY EP E Eb E ED E ED Each field is described in the following table Table 82 Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific rule The sequence is imp
322. pe tbe vene pid qae Een ad ga een MPa bine d bM UI PA E RMN 122 8 2 0 NAT ALG GOGEN e S0 123 x 41 ES nocia a 125 Chapter 9 lec 127 SIP OVENS T M 127 NN nueseirgkeki eere e 127 S12 MOOI to SIP castes RR 127 SE Mere On E tas E deh Se lean sited bdo 127 812 SP T UE ides c e E te ue Ve ue er arnt ec re rere rrr mre terre ener ete ER M viru ena rt 128 8 1 9 SIP COMBE SEINE rossini nanain a N AAEE A 128 RE PS WER E OEA E T AOSE IA AIN IAR S EIN ATIN VA VEA AAT VE E 130 SSH E Aci E 130 Bs Vester MR eic p P 131 S19 PSIN Cal Setup DII SIUE cisseissvbrle eni reu ette NARA 132 9 1 10 MWI Message Waiting I dibetlori ucro reete tetra ttt rarae cute putre tenue p ens 132 cic TOOS NRT P ERU 132 DERI ees ci O0 re 133 E Me Sabet oo pe UP 134 dO TLSIP Senos SUGO sie sicications delicta avaepda deduci a a 134 0 4 2 Advanced SIP Setup Sr seciccssscdeucssaiyceevsssontsacbinsquee satecdueeteneiner saechaaccisaeniannsrtersa 135 2 32 SIP O09 CORN savsorssrtusaacrasinahacansdesassassassusasanciees opt a bci e ek po bec Pap da 139 Chapter 10 uii Toe TTE 141 T8 talo Phone SI usceatemteipat EE brDM vA cO use eta Gave Eb de e tr rb vut BEDS a an o Eo a v ERU D 141 10 1 1 Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Comfort Noise susss 141 WWE ies dec TM aaan E EEEE EEA EAEE A 141 10 1 3 Supplementary Phone Services Ov
323. peer VoIP device your call will be forwarded to To access this screen click VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rule P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 VoIP Trunking Figure 93 VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rule 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Peer Call Outgoing Table takute pe BD H U TD Ano ees Each field is described in the following table Table 75 VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION This is a read only index number of the call rules Pattern A Pattern is used when you call your ZyXEL Device from a PSTN phone and want to use it to create a VoIP link to a remote peer device which will forward the call to a PSTN phone A Pattern is a string of digits your ZyXEL Device uses to determine whether or not to send the call to a peer VoIP device For example if you want to use trunking to call phone numbers which start with the number 555 then enter 555 in this field Enter up to 32 numeric characters If the number you dial does not match any of the patterns you configured then you can still use your ZyXEL Device to forward calls to VoIP phones Simply dial the SIP number of the VoIP phone you want to call Account Select the outgoing authentication account you set up in the Peer Call screen This account is used to direct your call to the correct remote peer device and to authenticate you S
324. pported in WPA PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN 5 4 4 WPA 2 Authentication Screen In order to configure and enable WPA Authentication click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the Wireless screen Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security list Figure 41 Wireless WPA 2 Wireless Setup M Enable Wireless LAN ZyXEL Name SSID Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Security Security Mode WPA2 v wPA Compatible ReAuthentication Timer Idle Timeout Group Key Update Timer Authentication Server IP Address Port Number Shared Secret Accounting Server Active IP Address Port Number Shared Secret 1800 In Seconds eo In Seconds 1800 In Seconds o 0 0 0 e12 4 p 000 ss A Apply Cancel The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 34 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA or WPA2 from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA and WPA2 simultaneously ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer in seconds order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time in
325. puter has full access to all blocked resources 0 0 0 0 means there is no trusted computer Trusted Computer IP Address 0 0 0 0 Restrict Web Features Activex Java Cookies Web Proxy Keyword Blocking Enable URL Keyword Blocking Keyword Add Keyword List Delete Clear All Message to display when a site is blocked Denied Access Message Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 80 Security gt Content Filter gt Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Trusted IP Setup Trusted Computer You can allow a specific computer to access all Internet resources without the IP Address restrictions you set in these screens Enter the IP address of the trusted computer Restrict Web Select the web features you want to disable If a user downloads a page with a Features restricted feature that part of the web page appears blank or grayed out ActiveX This is a tool for building dynamic and active Web pages and distributed object applications When you visit an ActiveX Web site ActiveX controls are downloaded to your browser where they remain in case you visit the site again Java This is used to build downloadable Web components or Internet and intranet business applications of all kinds Cookies This is used by Web servers to track usage and to provide service based on ID Web Proxy This is a server that acts as an intermediary between a user and the Internet to pro
326. r cloning your computer s MAC address Choose Factory Default to select the factory assigned default MAC Address Otherwise click Spoof this computer s MAC address IP Address and enter the IP address of your computer Once it is successfully configured the address will be copied to the rom file ZyNOS configuration file It will not change unless you change the setting or upload a different ROM file It is recommended that you clone the MAC address prior to hooking up the WAN Port 6 1 4 RIP Setup See Section 7 1 5 on page 107 6 1 5 DNS Server Address Assignment The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name on each individual computer the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa for instance the IP address of www zyxel com is 204 217 0 2 The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it The ZyXEL Device can get the DNS server addresses in the following ways 1 The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the SYSTEM General screen P 2
327. r name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII Extended set characters Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this SIP account The Advanced SIP Setup screen appears 9 3 2 Advanced SIP Setup Screen Use this screen to maintain advanced settings for each SIP account To access this screen click Advanced Setup in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP Figure 74 VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced SIP Account SIP1 SIP Server Settings URL Type SIP 7 Expiration Duration 3600 20 65535 sec Register Re send timer fi 80 1 65535 sec Session Expires 5o 30 3600 sec Min SE 180 20 1800 sec RTP Port Range Start Port 40000 1025 65535 End Port 65535 1025 65535 Voice Compression Primary Compression Type estu x Secondary Compression Type ozttu z Third Compression Type ezu DTMF Mode RFC 2833 v STUN Active Server Address Server Port are 1024 65535 Use NAT D Active Server Address Server Port 5060 1024 65535 Outbound Proxy Active Server Address Server Port are 1024 65535 NAT Keep Alive Active e Keep Alive With SIP Proxy C Keep Alive With Out
328. r s Guide Status Screens Use the Status screens to look at the current status of the device system resources interfaces LAN and WAN and SIP accounts You can also register and unregister SIP accounts The Status screen also provides detailed information from Any IP and DHCP and statistics from VoIP bandwidth management and traffic 4 1 Status Screen Use this screen to look at the current status of the device system resources interfaces LAN and WAN and SIP accounts You can also register and unregister SIP accounts Click Status to open this screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Figure 30 Status Screen Refresh Interval None z Device Information System Status System Up Time 6 13 02 Seu ACh ae dal le Current Date Time 2000 01 01 06 23 39 Firmware Version V3 60 AJB 0 b4 04 10 2006 System RBSDUFCE WAN ue CPU Usage 1 7695 L IP Subnet Maski 295 209 285 eee ny ubnet Mask 299 2595 IVR Usage 1 of 127 Sec DHCP Client LAN Information IP Address 192 168 1 1 Interface Status IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server pert tent Interface status Rate Name SSID ZyXEL Channel 6 WAN Up 100M Full Security Mode No Security LAN Up 100M Full WLAN Up 54M Summary Any IP Table Details BW MGMT Monitor Details DHCP Table Details Packet Statistics Details VoIP S
329. rates more network traffic In addition other computers on the WAN have to support the same version of IGMP Windows NetBIOS over TCP IP Networking Allow between Select this check box if you want the ZyXEL Device to send NetBIOS Network LAN and WAN Basic Input Output System packets between the LAN and WAN You should also make sure that NetBIOS packets are not blocked in Security gt Firewall gt Services NetBIOS packets are TCP or UDP packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with computers on other networks It may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through the ZyXEL Device in order to allow computers on the LAN to find computers on the WAN and vice versa This is the same setting you can set in Network gt LAN gt Advanced Allow Trigger Dial Select this if you want to allow NetBIOS packets to initiate calls Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 6 2 5 WAN Traffic Redirect Screen Use this screen to specify a backup gateway in case the default gateway your ISP is not available To access this screen click Network gt WAN gt Traffic Redirect Figure 53 Network gt WAN gt Traffic Redirect Traffic Redirect IV Active Backup Gateway IP Address ooo Check WAN IP Address ooo Fail Tolerance b 7 Period sec B in seconds
330. ration Use this screen to backup and restore the configuration or reset the factory defaults to your ZyXEL Device Restart Use this screen to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off 2 4 3 Main Window The main window shows the screen you select in the navigation panel It is discussed in more detail in the rest of this document Right after you log in the Status screen is displayed See Chapter 4 on page 67 for more information about the Status screen 2 4 4 Status Bar Check the status bar when you click Apply or OK to verify that the configuration has been updated P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide This chapter provides information on the wizards in the web configurator 3 1 Main Wizard Screen Use this screen to open one of the wizards in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Go to Wizard setup in the Login Options screen or click the Wizard icon in the upper right corner of the main screen Figure 11 Main Wizard Screen Wizard Setup ZyXEL Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup CONNECTION WIZARD vill walk you through the m nmon een bre down into multiple pages edia Bandwidth th b i can prioriti u P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 47 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup The following table describes the label
331. ration for the clients If DHCP service is disabled you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else each computer must be manually configured The ZyXEL Device is pre configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers These parameters should work for the majority of installations If your ISP gives you explicit DNS server address es read the embedded web configurator help regarding what fields need to be configured 7 1 3 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability The LAN parameters of the ZyXEL Device are preset in the factory with the following values IP address of 192 168 1 1 with subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 24 bits DHCP server enabled with 32 client IP addresses starting from 192 168 1 33 These parameters should work for the majority of installations If your ISP gives you explicit DNS server address es read the embedded web configurator help regarding what fields need to be configured 7 1 4 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a machine before you can access it The DNS server addresses th
332. re compliance requirements a separation distance of at least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons dte TEX IKR BDR FE BCT PETERET EE BEIR RUS A ZR ee Be JERE AT ZH RBA Ata tHe A BS RS gt IAT a T RETE CURE SBP PES ESSA rE eZ BE EE Ss o RAR ATTERRIR EISH ie SE TEREE ANAE PRESERVE ELMIRE BIRREA m H He o SE CHER EK LS BER Be ee ie FA RN PETRUS L F ASPIRE TRE US FE EE LAS SE CT BE DR EET RAE ABE WD REESE HAREA Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device has been designed for the WLAN 2 4 GHz network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada Viewing Certifications 1 Go to http www zyxel com 2 Select your product on the ZyX
333. reen open the Status screen see Section 4 1 on page 67 and click Details next to BW MGMT Monitor P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Figure 34 BW MGMT Monitor Window BW MGMT Monitor LAN 1 Default Class Default Class Default Class 0 1000 kbps 14 1000 kbps 0 1000 kbps 0 1000 kbps 2 sete stop The types of traffic shown in this screen do not depend on your settings in the Bandwidth Management Wizard or in Bandwidth MGMT Each field is described in the following table Table 26 BW MGMT Monitor Window LABEL DESCRIPTION LAN VoIP SIP This field displays how much SIP traffic is going to the LAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the LAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed LAN FTP This field displays how much FTP traffic is going to the LAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the LAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed LAN E Mail This field displays how much e mail went to the LAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the LAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed LAN WWW This field displays how much web traffic went to the LAN each second The rate is the number of kilobits that went to the LAN one second before the last time the screen updated refreshed Default Class This fiel
334. reen properly configured See Section 9 3 1 on page 134 The PHONE 1 or PHONE 2 LED should be on when the SIP line is properly registered 3 If you are trying to make a PSTN call make sure you are using the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port 25 5 Problems With Multiple SIP Accounts You can set up two SIP accounts on your ZyXEL Device and your ZyXEL Device is equipped with two phone ports By default your ZyXEL Device uses SIP account 1 with both phone ports for outgoing calls and it uses SIP accounts 1 and 2 for incoming calls With this setting you always use SIP account 1 for your outgoing calls and you cannot distinguish which SIP account the calls are coming in through If you want to control the use of different dialing plans for accounting purposes or other reasons you need to configure your phone ports in order to control which SIP account you are using when placing or receiving calls P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Troubleshooting 25 5 1 Outgoing Calls The following figure represents the default behavior of your ZyXEL Device when two SIP accounts are configured and you are using two phones When you place a call from phone 1 or phone 2 the ZyXEL Device will use SIP account 1 Figure 192 Outgoing Calls Default PHONE 1 SIP 2 In the next example phone port is configured to use SIP account and phone port 2 is configured to use SIP account 2 In this case every time you place a call through
335. refreshes Outgoing Call Use SIP1 Select this if you want this phone port to use the SIP1 account when it makes calls If you select both SIP accounts the ZyXEL Device tries to use the SIP account you registered most recently first SIP2 Select this if you want this phone port to use the SIP2 account when it makes calls If you select both SIP accounts the ZyXEL Device tries to use the SIP account you registered most recently first Incoming Call apply to SIP1 Select this if you want to receive phone calls for the SIP1 account on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls SIP2 Select this if you want to receive phone calls for the SIP2 account on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls PSTN Line Select this if you want to receive phone calls from the PSTN line that do not use the Internet on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this phone port The Advanced Analog Phone Setup screen appears 10 2 2 Advanced An
336. rosoft s Windows 2000 to browse your shared files Refer to your operating system s documentation for how to browse your file structure 21 5 1 Using Windows Explorer to Share Files CIFS protocol allows you to use the Windows Explorer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and access the file storage devices connected to it In Windows Explorer s Address bar type a double backslash followed by the IP address of the ZyXEL Device the default IP address of the ZyXEL Device is 192 168 1 1 and hit ENTER A screen asking for password authentication appears Enter the user name and password and hit OK See Figure 174 on page 248 LES Once you login to the file share via your ZyXEL Device you do not have to relogin until you restart your computer P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 247 Chapter 21 File Sharing Figure 174 File Sharing via Windows Explorer BY 192 168 1 1 File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help GoBack v gt E Bsearch Pyroiders K ls GE X xn EH Address 192 168 1 1 Forth c Desktop zr y L1 yuse share Share example a A My Documents 2 Adobe 192 168 1 1 C Corel User Files Cy 6c ee eee Ea a 1e 2 C My eBooks Enter Network Password E 2 x 53 My Pictures 3C My Webs Incorrect password or unknown username for 4192 168 1 1 Connect As C WebWorks Projects EB ig My Computer J oy 315 Floppy A 7 3 Local
337. rs or firewalls See RFC 3489 for details on STUN The following figure shows how STUN works 1 The ZyXEL Device A sends SIP packets to the STUN server B 2 The STUN server B finds the public IP address and port number that the NAT router used on the ZyXEL Device s SIP packets and sends them to the ZyXEL Device 3 The ZyXEL Device uses the public IP address and port number in the SIP packets that it sends to the SIP server C Figure 71 STUN 3 ca TN P 9 1 7 4 Outbound Proxy Your VoIP service provider may host a SIP outbound proxy server to handle all of the ZyXEL Device s VoIP traffic This allows the ZyXEL Device to work with any type of NAT router and eliminates the need for STUN or a SIP ALG Turn off a SIP ALG on a NAT router in front of the ZyXEL Device to keep it from retranslating the IP address since this is already handled by the outbound proxy server 9 1 8 Voice Coding A codec coder decoder codes analog voice signals into digital signals and decodes the digital signals back into voice signals The ZyXEL Device supports the following codecs G 711 is a Pulse Code Modulation PCM waveform codec PCM measures analog signal amplitudes at regular time intervals and converts them into bits G 711 provides very good sound quality but requires 64kbps of bandwidth P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 131 Chapter 9 SIP G 729 is an Analysis by Synthesis AbS hybrid waveform codec that uses
338. rule enter zero in the Start Port and End Port fields Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to discard your changes 8 2 5 NAT ALG Screen Use this screen to enable and disable SIP VoIP FTP file transfer and H 323 audio visual ALG in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Network gt NAT gt ALG Figure 67 Network gt NAT gt ALG ALG Setup IV Enable SIP ALG M Enable FTP ALG M Enable H 323 ALG Each field is described in the following table Table 54 Network gt NAT gt ALG LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable SIP ALG Select this to make sure SIP VoIP works correctly with port forwarding and port triggering rules Enable FTP ALG Select this to make sure FTP file transfer works correctly with port forwarding and port triggering rules P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 123 Chapter 8 NAT Table 54 Network gt NAT gt ALG LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable H 323 Select this to make sure H 323 audio visual programs such as NetMeeting ALG works correctly with port forwarding and port triggering rules Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to discard your most recent changes P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide PART III VoIP SIP 127 Phone 141 Phone Book 155 PSTN Line 159 VoIP Trunking 161 SIP
339. rvice was blocked according to response denied remote management settings Remot anagement DNS denied Attempted use of DNS service was blocked according to remote management settings Table 123 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply 0 Echo reply message 3 Destination Unreachable Net unreachable Host unreachable Protocol unreachable Port unreachable Bl ws N ej o A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF 5 Source route failed 4 Source Quench 0 A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network 5 Redirect Redirect datagrams for the Network Redirect datagrams for the Host Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network wi NJ ej o Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host 8 Echo 0 Echo message 11 Time Exceeded 0 Time to live exceeded in transit 1 Fragment reassembly time exceeded 12 Parameter Problem 0 Pointer indicates the error 270 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 123 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 13 Timestamp 0 Timestamp request message 14 Timestamp Reply 0 Timestamp rep
340. s Guide Legal Information Copyright Copyright 2006 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference t
341. s LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 35 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST LABEL DESCRIPTION Setup Key Type a key password 8 ASCII characters long Note If you change the OTIST setup key in the ZyXEL Device you must change it on the wireless devices too Yes Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically generate a pre shared key for the wireless network Before you do this click Network gt Wireless LAN gt General and set the Security Mode to No Security Clear this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use a pre shared key that you enter Before you do this click Network gt Wireless LAN gt General set the Security Mode to WPA PSK and enter the Pre Shared Key Start Click Start to activate OTIST and transfer settings The process takes three minutes to complete Note You must click Start in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless device s within three minutes of each other You can start OTIST in the wireless devices and the ZyXEL Device in any order Before you click Start you should enable OTIST on all the OTIST enabled devices in the wireless network For most devices follow these steps 1 Start the ZyXEL utility 2 Click the Adapter tab 3 Select the OTIST check box and enter the same Setup Key as the ZyXEL Device 4 Click Save Figure 43 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen Aink info Sit Site Survey Profile ECTS Adapter Se
342. s XP 219 Interactive Voice Response see IVR 132 internal SPTGEN 323 FTP upload example 325 points to remember 324 text file sample 323 internal SPTGEN System Parameter Table GENerator 323 Internet access 35 Internet Assigned Numbers AuthoritySee IANA 306 Internet connection 48 Internet content filtering see also content filtering 187 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Internet Explorer 39 Index Internet Gateway Device IGD 218 Internet Group Multicast protocol see IGMP 107 Internet Service Provider ISP 50 Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP 127 IP address and ISP 52 105 and LAN 105 110 and WAN 95 private range 95 recommendation 96 IP alias 113 IP network and PSTN connection 161 IP PBX 127 ISP and IP address 105 and WAN 96 97 Roadrunner 98 ISP Internet Service Provider 50 ISP and DNS 106 ISP parameters 50 ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider 127 ITU T standards body 141 IVR 139 IVR Interactive Voice Response 132 J Java permissions 39 JavaScripts 39 K keyword blocking example 188 keyword filtering 187 L LAN 105 advanced setup 114 and DHCP 106 and DNS 107 111 and IGMP 107 and IP address 110 and multicasting 107 and NAT 105 108 and NetBIOS 115 and remote management 209 and RIP 107 and routing 109 and static DHCP 111 and USB printer 229 clients 112 firewall 180 IP address 105 IP alias 113 overview 105 subnet mask 105 subnets 108 web configura
343. s an ACK message to acknowledge that B has answered the call Now A and B exchange voice media talk After talking A hangs up and sends a BYE request B replies with an OK response confirming receipt of the BYE request and the call is terminated NO ff WN 9 1 5 SIP Client Server SIP is a client server protocol A SIP client is an application program or device that sends SIP requests A SIP server responds to the SIP requests When you use SIP to make a VoIP call it originates at a client and terminates at a server A SIP client could be a computer or a SIP phone One device can act as both a SIP client and a SIP server 9 1 5 1 SIP User Agent A SIP user agent can make and receive VoIP telephone calls This means that SIP can be used for peer to peer communications even though it is a client server protocol In the following figure either A or B can act as a SIP user agent client to initiate a call A and B can also both act as a SIP user agent to receive the call P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP Figure 68 SIP User Agent A B 9 1 5 2 SIP Proxy Server A SIP proxy server receives requests from clients and forwards them to another server In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 The client device A in the figure sends a call invitation to the SIP proxy server B 2 The SIP proxy server forwards the call invitation to C Figure 69
344. s hostname src lt srclP srcPort gt dst lt dstIP dstPort gt msg lt msg gt note lt note gt devID lt mac address gt cat lt category gt This message is sent by the system RAS displays as the system name if you haven t configured one when the router generates a syslog The facility is defined in the Log Settings screen The severity is the log s syslog class The definition of messages and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this chapter The devID is the MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs Traffic Log lt Facility 8 Severity gt Mon dd hr mm ss hostname src lt srclP srcPort gt dst lt dstIP dstPort gt msg Traffic Log note Traffic Log devID lt mac address gt cat Traffic Log duration seconds sent sentBytes rcvd receiveBytes dir lt from to gt protoID IPProtocollD proto serviceName This message is sent by the device when the connection session is closed The facility is defined in the Log Settings screen The severity is the traffic log type The message and note always display Traffic Log The proto field lists the service name The dir field lists the incoming and outgoing interfaces LAN LAN LAN WAN LAN DEV for example P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs 23 2 Logs Screens 23 2 1 View Log Screen Use this screen to look at lo
345. s in this screen Table 4 Main Wizard Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION CONNECTION Click this to open the Connection Wizard See Section 3 2 on page 48 WIZARD VOIP SETUP Click this to open the VoIP Setup Wizard See Section 3 3 on page 57 BANDWIDTH Click this to open the Bandwidth Management Wizard See Section 3 4 on page MANAGEMENT 60 WIZARD Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 2 Connection Wizard BS Use this wizard to set up your Internet connection See Chapter 6 on page 95 for more information You cannot use the Connection Wizard to set up your Internet connection in the following situations You subscribe to a Roadrunner service You use PPPoE encapsulation and the remote server cannot be discovered automatically In these cases you must use the screens discussed in Chapter 6 on page 95 Some ISPs such as Telstra send UDP heartbeat packets to verify that the customer is still online In this case you have to create a WAN to LAN firewall rule for those packets Contact your ISP to find the correct port number P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup 3 2 1 Welcome Figure 12 Connection Wizard gt Welcome Connection Wizard Welcome to the ZyXEL Connection Wizard The Conne V y em commo fi tion op z h nultiple The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 5 Connection Wizard gt Welco
346. s window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 UPnP Figure 127 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components cU A To install a component select the check box next to the component name or clear the check box if you do not want to install it amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components a NetMeeting 3 Phone Dialer 0 2 MB Universal Plug and Play 0 4 MB F O Virtual Private Networking 0 0 MB Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 856 3 MB Description Universal Plug and Play enables seamless connectivity and communication between Windows and intelligent appliances Details tees 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted 19 2 1 2 Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click Start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Inthe Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 128 Network Connections EN TUIS Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools B Operator Assisted Dia
347. se M sipi siP2 Incoming Call apply to M sipi M siP2 M PSTN Line BaseStation Update Register PIN Code Old PIN Code New PIN Code Retype to Confirm Each field is described in the following table Table 65 VoIP gt Phone gt DECT Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION Outgoing Call Use If you select both SIP accounts the ZyXEL Device tries to use the most recently registered SIP account first SIP1 Select this if you want to use the SIP1 account when making outgoing calls with your DECT phones SIP2 Select this if you want to use the SIP2 account when making calls with your DECT phones Incoming Call If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to apply to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls SIP1 Select this if you want to receive phone calls for the SIP1 account on your DECT phones SIP2 Select this if you want to receive phone calls for the SIP2 account on your DECT phones PSTN Line Select this if you want to receive phone calls from the PSTN line that do not use the Internet on your DECT phones P 2302HWUDL P1 model only Base Station Update Select this to update the PIN code of the DECT phone The default PIN code is Register PIN 1234 If you are changing the PIN code for the first time enter 1234 in the Old PIN Code Code field Note When the PIN code changes phones already registered with the ZyXEL Device will ha
348. siseasese senio beo sere tapa aera apt EENLE ERE HUNE PEEL aanas 189 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide List of Tables Table 82 Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecenaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeenenes 194 Table 83 Management gt Static Route gt IP Static Route gt Edit esses 195 Table 84 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example ssuueusss 198 Table 85 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example s eeeeeessieceseeese eet tha h auda 199 Table 86 Priority based Allotment of Unused amp Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 200 Table 87 Fairness based Allotment of Unused amp Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 200 Table 88 Bandwidth Borrowing Example xiccecsns canesansstcnanertuns tubo ei n br etia EM Rad e REN RA dna k E9 aad ta A AE cians 201 Table 89 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example cccccccceceeeeeeeeeecceaeeeeceeeeeeeeseseeenseaeeeseeseeeeenenees 202 Table 90 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Summary sse een 203 Table 91 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup sssssssssssssssseeneeeen eene 205 Table 92 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Class Setup gt Edit sss 206 Table 93 Management gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor nennen 208 y vt e oe 209 Table 95 Management gt Remote MGMT gt WWW cccceceeeeeecec
349. sites s Forbidden Web site The web site is in the forbidden web site list s Contains ActiveX The web site contains ActiveX 9 s Contains Java applet The web site contains a Java applet s Contains cookie The web site contains a cookie s Proxy mode detected The router detected proxy mode in the packet s Trusted Web site The web site is in a trusted domain Cannot get the IP address of content filtering external database via DNS query The ZyXEL Device cannot get the IP address of the external content filtering via DNS query External content filtering license key is invalid The external content filtering license key is invalid For type and code details see Table 123 on page 270 Table 121 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION attack TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF attack attack ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP attack land TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF land attack land ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 121 Attack Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ip spoofing WAN TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF
350. ss network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network 5 2 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a secret code If you do not know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication See Section 5 2 3 on page 80 for information about this Table 28 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication NO AUTHENTICATION RADIUS SERVER Weakest None Static WEP WPA PSK WPA Strongest WPA2 PSK WPA2 For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every device in the wireless network supports For example suppose you have a wireless network with the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device does not have a local user database and you do not have a RADIUS server Therefore there is no authentication Suppose the wireless network has two devices Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network BES It is recommended that wireless networks us
351. stem Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name y purp you should enter your computer s Computer Name n Windows 95 98 click Start Settings Control Panel Network Click the Identification tab note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows 2000 click Start Settings and Control Panel and then double click System Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button Note the entry for the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name In Windows XP click Start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL Device System Name 22 1 2 Domain Name The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name on each individual computer the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP 22 1 3 General System Screen Use this screen to change the ZyXEL Device s mode set up the ZyXEL Device s system name domain name idle timeout and administrator password To access this screen click Maintenance gt System gt General P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 253 Chapter 22 System Figure 177 Maintenance gt System gt General General System Setup System Na
352. t Go to Bandwidth Management Wizard optional P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 13 Connection Wizard gt Finish LABEL DESCRIPTION Go to Bandwidth Click this to start the Bandwidth Management Wizard See Section 3 4 on page Management 0 Wizard optional Finish Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 3 3 VoIP Setup Wizard Use this wizard to set up your VoIP account s Leave the default settings in fields if your VoIP service provider the company that lets you make phone calls over the Internet did not provide any information See Chapter 9 on page 127 for more information You must have a SIP account before you can use this wizard 3 3 1 SIP Settings Figure 21 VoIP Setup Wizard gt SIP Settings VoIP Setup ZyXEL VoIP Configuration SIP Number Address ce Domain Check here to set up SIP2 settings P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 VoIP Setup Wizard gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP1 Settings SIP2 Settings SIP Number Enter your SIP number In the full SIP URI like 1234 VolP provider com this is the part before the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII
353. t Connections Programs Advanced Settings Ld n Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable CI information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker S Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups Settings 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 1 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Figure 199 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below ddress of Web site to allow http 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAG P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop Up Windows Java and JavaScript Permissions 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting 25 6 2 JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator d
354. t Services NetBIOS packets are TCP or UDP packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with computers on other networks It may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through the ZyXEL Device in order to allow computers on the LAN to find computers on the WAN and vice versa This is the same setting you can set in Network gt WAN gt Advanced Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide NAT Use these screens to configure port forwarding and trigger ports for the ZyXEL Device You can also enable and disable SIP FTP and H 323 ALG 8 1 NAT Overview 8 1 1 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers A NAT server set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make accessible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single machine to the outside world Use the NAT Port Forwarding Screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In
355. t LAN gt DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Setup IV Enable DHCP Server IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 Pool size 52 DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server First DNS Server From ISP Second DNS Server From ISP Third DNS Server From ISP X Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 45 Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup Enable DHCP Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to be the DHCP server on the LAN As a Server DHCP server the ZyXEL Device assigns IP addresses to DHCP clients on the LAN and provides the subnet mask and DNS server information IP Pool Starting Address Enter the IP address from which the ZyXEL Device begins allocating IP addresses if you have not specified an IP address for this computer in Network gt LAN gt Static DHCP P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Table 45 Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup Third DNS Server LABEL DESCRIPTION Pool Size Enter the number of IP addresses to allocate This number must be at least one and is limited by a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 regardless of the subnet the ZyXEL Device is in For example if the IP Pool Start Address is 10 10 10 10 the ZyXEL Device can allocate up to 10 10 10 254 or 245 IP addresses DNS Server First DNS Server Specify the IP addresses of a maximum of three DNS servers that the network can Second
356. t server auto detect name s automatically Select this option when there are one or more NAT routers IP address between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Use specified IP address Select this if you want to use the specified IP address with the host name s Then specify the IP address Use this option if you have a static IP address Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 22 3 Time Setting Overview Use this screen to set the date time and time zone in the ZyXEL Device 22 3 1 Pre defined NTP Time Servers List The ZyXEL Device uses the following pre defined list of NTP time servers if you do not specify a time server or it cannot synchronize with the time server you specified BS The ZyXEL Device can use this pre defined list of time servers regardless of the Time Protocol you select When the ZyXEL Device uses the pre defined list of NTP time servers it randomly selects one server and tries to synchronize with it If the synchronization fails then the ZyXEL Device goes through the rest of the list in order from the first one tried until either it is successful or all the pre defined NTP time servers have been tried Table 10
357. t 323 TFTP restrictions 209 three way conference 143 144 time resetting 258 ToS 133 289 and VolP 134 ToS Type of Service 133 Touch Tone 132 trademarks 343 traffic logs 261 traffic redirect 103 triangle route solutions 182 trigger ports 118 trigger ports example 118 trigger ports process 118 trigger ports setup 122 trunking VoIP 161 Type Of Service see ToS 133 types of encapsulation 98 types of models 33 U Uniform Resource Identifier see SIP URI 127 Universal Plug and Play application 217 security issues 217 Universal Plug and Play Forum 218 Universal Plug and Play see UPnP 217 unused amp unbudgeted bandwidth 200 upgloading firmware 274 UPnP 227 and auto discovery 221 and NAT 217 certification 218 installing example 218 overview 217 web configurator 227 UPnP Universal Plug and Play 217 USA type call service mode 143 USB and file sharing 243 hard drive 243 printer sharing 229 USB features 35 USB printer 35 user agent and SIP 128 user authentication and WLAN 80 V VAD 141 289 and silent packets 141 VAD Voice Activity Detection 141 Virtual Local Area Network see VLAN 134 VLAN 134 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 357 Index and VoIP 134 139 VLAN Virtual Local Area Network 134 VLAN group 134 VLAN ID 134 VLAN ID tags 134 Voice Activity Detection see VAD 141 voice coding 131 voice functions 289 voice mail 127 Voice over IP see VoIP 127 VoIP 127 adv
358. t Wizard an d are changed in the VoIP SIP High Mid amp Others FTP High Mid C others E Mail C High Mid C others www High Mid Others The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard Priority Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Service This column displays each service you selected in the previous screen Priority Set the priority of each service If a service has higher priority than other services then it can use as much remaining bandwidth as it needs If there is no more bandwidth left other services have to wait Select Others only if you want to set up the sub class manually in the Bandwidth Class Edit Screen Back Click this to go to the previous screen Next Click this to go to the next screen Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen 64 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup 3 4 5 Finish Figure 29 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Finish Bandwidth Management Wizard Congratulation The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 21 Bandwidth Management Wizard gt Finish LABEL DESCRIPTION Finish Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 65 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup P 2302HWUDL P1 Series Use
359. t and re connect the power adaptor to the ZyXEL Device 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Troubleshooting 4 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP e The Internet connection is slow or intermittent 1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network Try closing some programs that use the Internet especially peer to peer applications 2 Check the signal strength If the signal strength is low try moving the ZyXEL Device closer to the AP if possible and look around to see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network for example microwaves other wireless networks and so on 3 Disconnect and re connect the power adaptor to the ZyXEL Device 4 Ifthe problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions Check the settings for bandwidth management If it 1s disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider changing the allocations e Check the settings for QoS If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider raising or lowering the priority for some applications 25 4 Phone Calls and VoIP 2 e cannot make telephone calls using the telephone that is connected to the ZyXEL Device 1 Check the telephone connections and telephone wire 2 Make sure you have the VoIP gt SIP Settings sc
360. t forwarding only forwards a service to a single LAN IP address In order to use the same service on a different LAN computer you have to manually replace the LAN computer s IP address in the forwarding port with another LAN computer s IP address Trigger port forwarding solves this problem by allowing computers on the LAN to dynamically take turns using the service The ZyXEL Device records the IP address of a LAN computer that sends traffic to the WAN to request a service with a specific port number and protocol a trigger port When the ZyXEL Device s WAN port receives a response with a specific port number and protocol incoming port the ZyXEL Device forwards the traffic to the LAN IP address of the computer that sent the request After that computer s connection for that service closes another computer on the LAN can use the service in the same manner This way you do not need to configure a new IP address each time you want a different LAN computer to use the application 8 1 2 1 Trigger Port Forwarding Example The following is an example of trigger port forwarding Figure 62 Trigger Port Forwarding Process Example Jane s computer Internet EI 4 _ Real Audio Server 1 Jane requests a file from the Real Audio server port 7070 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 NAT 2 Port 7070 is a trigger port and causes the ZyXEL Device to record Jane s computer IP address The ZyXE
361. t provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP f you have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically f you have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields Click Advanced P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 214 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 6 Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add In TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want
362. t rings Put the first call on hold and answer the second call Press the flash key and then 2 10 1 3 2 3 European Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 9877 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone 10 1 3 2 4 European Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone place the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone 2 Dial a phone number directly to make another call 3 When the second call is answered press the flash key and press 3 to create a three way conversation 4 Hang up the phone to drop the connection 5 Ifyou want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections one is on line the other is on hold press the flash key and press 2 10 1 3 3 USA Type Supplementary Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the USA Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key 1f you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the
363. tatistics Details VoIP Status EECCCENEENEENNMCTO RM NEC C KR SIP 1 Register Not Register changeme 127 0 0 1 Register SIP 2 Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 Each field is described in the following table Table 22 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen Refresh Now Click this to update this screen immediately Device Information System Name This field displays the ZyXEL Device system name It is used for identification You can change this in the Configuration Wizard or Maintenance gt System gt General screen Firmware Version This field displays the current version of the firmware inside the ZyXEL Device It also shows the date the firmware version was created You can change the firmware version by uploading new firmware in Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware WAN Information IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the WAN IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the WAN Mask P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Table 22 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the ZyXEL Device is using in the WAN Choices are Client The ZyXEL Device is a DHCP client in the WAN Its IP address comes from a DHCP server on the WAN None The ZyXEL Device is not using an
364. te log entries for every packet Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 14 3 2 Firewall Services Screen Use this screen to enable service blocking to set up the date and time service blocking is effective and to maintain the list of services you want to block To access this screen click Security gt Firewall gt Services Figure 108 Security gt Firewall gt Services Services Service Setup IV Enable Services Blocking Available Services Blocked Services Any UDP IPSEC_TUNNEL ESP 0 MULTICAST IGMP 0 PINGCICMP 0 PPTP TUNNEL GRE 0 BGP TCP 179 Select Custom Port you can give new port range for blocking Type TCP Port Number o 0 Add Delete Clear All Schedule to Block Day to Block M Everyday IV sun M Mon M Tue M wedlv Thu M rri M sat Time of Day to Block 24 Hour Format all day C From Start fo hour J0 min End o hour 0 min Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 79 Security gt Firewall gt Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Setup Enable Services Select this to activate service blocking The Schedule to Block section controls Blocking what days and what times service blocking is actually effective however 184 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewall Table 7
365. ter 24 p I e N 273 2L 1 Tools COURONNE seis E bie a HMM MM MEI MEM UAE 273 umi 2M a aed waekias 273 20 2 EAS evi ENE a aa oa a edepol evade es 273 24 21 PUES SOP soseresionp rainne enine UE AAE ENOR AEEA Fat POE EUp 273 242 2 Firmware Upload SO e sacarana aa EP Er a A 274 2l 2 COMMUIAUOW SCTE em 275 24 2 4 Restore Configuration SCIONS sicssiicsscesacicscsssneceserseneeccevevencegertanedenereuueceaevevanes 276 202 9 RESEN OEE cote ioo pL Rr wat cibi TER abba Ga duit ed cni uda eaten 277 Chapter 25 Eglise 279 25 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDS 1er aei etd PR Fc E eo eta ONE E Ro vE e c er eiii 279 25 2 ZVAEL Device Access and Login onus iio RO A 280 20 Inemel DEBE este stro leute pim epo ad ER Me im ate tl MU EM Ea terre 281 20 4 Phone Calls sb d 282 25 5 Problems Witi Multiple SIP AC COUN suisses sinisi cesis bud Keg PERLE e Aa EE naiaiae nena uda ck 282 P METUO EP fT renter eter iter enter re rte rer r rrr rer renter eerrrrrr tert s 283 People E 283 Part VII Appendices and Index esee 285 Appendix Product Smeglticatlorisvesrexee bete astair iEn SA RENEE EEEE Ri RER ANTEA 287 Appendix B Pop Up Windows Java and JavaScript Permissions cccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 293 25 6 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions
366. ter their IP addresses in the LAN Setup screen This way the ZyXEL Device can pass the DNS servers to the computers and the computers can query the DNS server directly without the ZyXEL Device s intervention 7 1 5 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives In Only the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting 7 1 6 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender
367. terval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN Table 34 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Timer Group Key Update The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations ina WLAN ona periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Authentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret
368. th that each class gets Table 87 Fairness based Allotment of Unused amp Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 1024 kbps Sales 3072 kbps Marketing 3072 kbps Research 3072 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally among the other classes 1024 kbps extra goes to each so the other classes each get a total of 3072 kbps P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Bandwidth MGMT 17 1 8 Bandwidth Borrowing Bandwidth borrowing allows a sub class to borrow unused bandwidth from its parent class whereas maximize bandwidth usage allows any bandwidth class to borrow any unused or unbudgeted bandwidth on the whole interface Enable bandwidth borrowing on a sub class to allow the sub class to use the parent class s unused bandwidth The parent class s unused bandwidth is given to the highest priority sub class first see Section 17 1 8 1 on page 201 The total of the bandwidth allotments for sub classes cannot exceed the bandwidth allotment of the parent class The ZyXEL Device uses the scheduler to divide the parent class s unused bandwidth among the sub classes that
369. the PSTN models you can also make calls via the PSTN line C These types of calls are referred to as external calls Figure 81 Using Your DECT Phone The following table summarizes the types and number of calls you can make with your DECT phones via the ZyXEL Device Table 64 DECT Phone Calls Summary TYPE OF CALL DESCRIPTION LIMITS Internal A call between two DECT phones Two calls registered with the ZyXEL Device DECT base station External A call from the DECT phone to or Two calls from a VoIP or a PSTN caller P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone Table 64 DECT Phone Calls Summary TYPE OF CALL DESCRIPTION LIMITS 3 Way A call between two DECT phones One call Conference registered with the ZyXEL Device base station and an external connection The ZyXEL Device allows up to four DECT phones to be active at one time The ZyXEL Device does not control how your DECT phone distinguishes between internal and external calls Typically a DECT phone has a button labeled int to indicate an internal call Consult your DECT phone documentation for differences in making internal and external calls 10 3 2 1 DECT Phones Internal Calls To make internal calls you need to know the phone numbers of the other DECT phones registered with the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device assigns numbers based on the order that the DECT phones registered with the ZyXEL Device s DE
370. the TCP IP tab 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list Figure 218 Macintosh OS X Network 60 Network m H Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic m Show Built in Ethernet PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP 3 Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff Click the lock to prevent further changes Appiy Now 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your gateway in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Linux This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in Red Hat Linux 9 0 Procedure screens and file location may vary depending on your Linux distribution and release version BS Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator
371. the Type of Service TOS field in the IP header The DS field contains a 2 bit unused field and a 6 bit DSCP field which can define up to 64 service levels The following figure illustrates the DS field Figure 72 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field DSCP Unused 6 bit 2 bit 1 The ZyXEL Device does not support DiffServ at the time of writing P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 133 Chapter 9 SIP DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non DiffServ compliant ToS enabled network device will not conflict with the DSCP mapping The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior the PHB Per Hop Behavior that each packet gets across the DiffServ network Based on the marking rule different kinds of traffic can be marked for different priorities of forwarding Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies 9 2 1 4 VLAN Virtual Local Area Network VLAN allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks Only stations within the same group can communicate with each other Your ZyXEL Device can add IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID tags to voice frames that it sends to the network This allows the ZyXEL Device to communicate with a SIP server that is a member of the same VLAN group Some ISPs use the VLAN tag to identify voice traffic and give it priority over other traffic 9 3 SIP Screens 9 3 1 SIP Se
372. ting on these interfaces 7 1 7 Any IP Traditionally you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the ZyXEL Device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device In cases where your computer is required to use a static IP address in another network you may need to manually configure the network settings of the computer every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL Device With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled the ZyXEL Device allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static fixed IP address you can simply connect the computer to the ZyXEL Device and access the Internet The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP address in the corporate environment In a residential house where a ZyXEL Device is installed you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Figure 54 Any IP Example 192 168 10 1 l TA i PN um Y f amil X B j Ww 192 168 10 1 192 168 1 1 The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or
373. to WAN No Log WAN to LAN No Log Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 78 Security Firewall General LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Firewall Select this to activate the firewall The ZyXEL Device controls access and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is activated Bypass Triangle Select this if you want to let some traffic from the WAN go directly to a computer in Route the LAN without passing through the ZyXEL Device See the appendices for more information about triangle route topology Max NAT Firewall Select the maximum number of NAT rules and firewall rules the ZyXEL Device Session Per User enforces at one time The ZyXEL Device automatically allocates memory for the maximum number of rules regardless of whether or not there is a rule to enforce This is the same number you enter in Network gt NAT gt General P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewall Table 78 Security gt Firewall gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Packet Direction This field displays each direction that packets pass through the ZyXEL Device Log Select the situations in which you want to create log entries for firewall events No Log do not create any log entries Log Blocked LAN to WAN only create log entries when packets are blocked Log Forwarded WAN to LAN only create log entries when packets are forwarded Log All crea
374. to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add Click OK when finished P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 313 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 215 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properties Advanced TCP IP Settings x IP Settings DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address Subnet mask DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Metric Add Automatic metric 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es Ifyou know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 216 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties
375. tor 110 LAN IP address default 39 LEDs 36 log messages 265 log settings 262 263 logging out 41 login 40 logs 261 logs event 261 logs traffic 261 MAC Media Access Control 96 MAC address 96 and WAN 96 and WLAN 80 spoofing 55 96 MAC address filter actions 92 WLAN 91 management features 290 Management Information Base MIB 213 management IP address 287 managing the device good habits 36 using FTP See FTP using Telnet See command interface using the command interface See command interface maximizing bandwidth usage 199 203 Media Access Control see MAC 96 Message Waiting Indication see MWI 132 metric and WAN 101 static route 195 model types 33 monitoring bandwidth usage 207 multicasting 103 107 and LAN 107 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Index multimedia and SIP 127 MWI 138 MWI Message Waiting Indication 132 N nailed up connection 100 NAT 131 306 and Any IP 109 and firewall 120 180 183 and LAN 105 108 and remote management 209 and UPnP 217 and VoIP 130 138 overview 117 port forwarding 118 server sets 117 trigger ports 118 web configurator 119 NAT Network Address Translation 117 NAT traversal 217 navigating the web configurator 42 43 NetBIOS and LAN 115 and WAN 115 NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System 103 Netscape Navigator 39 Network Address Translation see NAT 117 network number 105 non proxy calls 157 NTP time servers 257 O One Touch Intel
376. tp zyxel com ftp europe zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan Costa Rica Support E mail soporte zyxel co cr Sales E mail sales zyxel co cr Telephone 506 2017878 Fax 506 2015098 Web Site www zyxel co cr FTP Site ftp zyxel co cr Regular Mail ZyXEL Costa Rica Plaza Roble Escaz Etapa El Patio Tercer Piso San Jos Costa Rica Czech Republic E mail info cz zyxel com Telephone 420 241 091 350 Fax 420 241 091 359 Web Site www zyxel cz Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modransk 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany Cesk Republika P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 347 Appendix Customer Support Denmark Support E mail support zyxel dk Sales E mail sales zyxel dk Telephone 45 39 55 07 00 Fax 45 39 55 07 07 Web Site www zyxel dk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej 2860 Soeborg Denmark Finland Support E mail support zyxel fi Sales E mail sales zyxel fi Telephone 358 9 4780 8411 Fax 358 9 4780 8448 Web Site www zyxel fi Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Oy Malminkaari 10 00700 Helsinki Finland France E mail info zyxel fr Telephone 33 4 72 52 97 97 Fax 33 4 72 52 19 20 Web Site www zyxel fr Regular Mail ZyXEL France rue des Vergers Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France Germany Support E mail support zyxel de Sales E mail sales zyxel de T
377. tting Transfer Rate Fully Auto x gt Power Saving Mode Disabled Y v OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology Setup Key 01234567 Sat To start OTIST in the device click Start in this screen P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN BS You must click Start in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless device s within three minutes of each other You can start OTIST in the wireless devices and the ZyXEL Device in any order After you click Start in the ZyXEL Device the following screen appears in the ZyXEL Device Figure 44 OTIST Settings x A The security is WPA PSK mode on WLAN now The key is 2D3WBIK09b You can use the key in this screen to set up WPA PSK encryption manually for non OTIST devices in the wireless network Review the settings and click OK The ZyXEL Device begins transferring OTIST settings The following is an example screen that appears in the wireless devices Figure 45 OTIST In Progress on the Wireless Device OTIST OTIST in progress please waitfor 3 minutes This screen closes when the transfer is complete 5 5 1 Notes on OTIST 1 If you enable OTIST in a wireless device you see this screen each time you start the utility Click Yes to search for an OTIST enabled AP in other words the ZyXEL Device P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Wireless LAN Figure 46 Start OTIST
378. ttings Screen Use this screen to maintain basic information about each SIP account Your VoIP service provider the company that lets you make phone calls over the Internet should provide this You can also enable and disable each SIP account To access this screen click VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings Figure 73 VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings SIP Account SP1 z SIP Settings M Active SIP Account Number changeme SIP Local Port Boso 1025 65535 SIP Server Address 127004 SIP Server Port Boso 1 65535 REGISTER Server Address 27004 REGISTER Server Port Boso 1 65535 SIP Service Domain 27004 V Send Caller ID Authentication User Name nage Password pee oo Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP Each field is described in the following table Table 57 VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Account Select the SIP account you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes SIP Settings Active SIP Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Clear it if you do not Account want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Number Enter your SIP number In the full SIP URI this is the part before the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters SIP Local Port Enter the ZyXEL Device s listening port number if your V
379. twork The larger the number of network number bits the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones 1s the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows Table 135 Maximum Host Numbers SUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HOSTS 8bits 255 0 0 0 24 bits 242 16777214 16 bits 255 255 0 0 16 bits 216_2 65534 24 bits 255 255 255 0 8 bits 28 2 254 29 bits 255 255 255 248 3 bits 0925 6 Notation Since the mask 1s always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with subnet mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations Table 136 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation ALTERNATIVE LAST OCTET LAST OCTET SUBNET MASK NOTATION BINARY DECIMAL
380. up the PSTN line you use to make regular phone calls To access this screen click VoIP gt PSTN Line gt General P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 12 PSTN Line Figure 86 VoIP gt PSTN Line General Call through PSTN Line PSTN Line Pre fix Number Relay to PSTN Line 1 2 3 4 5 6 r 8 9 Each field is described in the following table Table 70 VoIP PSTN Line General LABEL DESCRIPTION PSTN Line Pre fix Number Enter 1 7 telephone keys 0 9 you dial before you dial the phone number if you want to make a regular phone call while one of your SIP accounts is registered These numbers tell the ZyXEL Device that you want to make a regular phone call It is not recommended to use the key however because it is also used in Immediate Dial See VoIP gt Phone gt Common Relay to PSTN Line Enter phone numbers for regular calls not VoIP calls that you want to dial without the prefix number For example you should enter emergency numbers The number 1 9 is not a speed dial number It is just a sequential value that is not associated with any phone number Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide VoIP Trunking Use these screens to configure VoIP trunking on your ZyXE
381. upload them Browse Click this to find the bin file you want to upload Upload Click this to begin uploading the selected file This may take up to two minutes See Section 24 2 2 on page 274 for more information about this process Note Do not turn off the device while firmware upload is in progress 24 2 2 Firmware Upload Screens BS Do not turn off the device while firmware upload is in progress When the ZyXEL Device starts to upload firmware the Firmware Upload in Process screen appears Figure 183 Firmware Upload In Process Firmware Upload In Process rp Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting SYS LED is on steady This should take about two minutes To access the device after a successful firmware upload you need to log in again Check your new firmware version in the system status menu The process usually takes about two minutes The device automatically restarts in this time This causes a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 184 Network Temporarily Disconnected Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged E X After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen You might have to open a new browser to log in 274 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 24 Tools If the upload is not successful the following screen
382. ure the Analog Phone screen See Section 10 2 on page 144 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide PART VII Appendices and Index Product Specifications 287 IP Addresses and Subnetting 299 SIP Passthrough 321 Internal SPTGEN 323 Services 339 Legal Information 343 Customer Support 347 Index 351 Product Specifications See also the introduction chapter for a general overview of the key features Specification Tables Table 129 Device Specifications Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Management 255 255 255 0 24 bits Subnet Mask Default Password 1234 Dimensions 215 5mm High x 147 5mm Wide x 56 5mm Deep x Weight 464 g WAN Port One RJ 45 10 100Mbps Half Full Auto negotiation Auto crossover Ethernet port Ethernet Ports Four RJ 45 10 100Mbps Half Full Auto negotiation Auto crossover Ethernet ports Phone Ports Two FXS Foreign Exchange Station POTS ports Line Port P 2302HWUDL P1 only One FXO Foreign Exchange Office lifeline port USB Ports Two USB v2 0 ports for file sharing and print server setup File Systems Supported for File Sharing FAT File Allocation Table and FAT32 derivative of FAT with more efficient space allocation Operation Temperature 0 C 40 C Storage Temperature 30 60 C Operation Humidity 20 95 RH Storage Humidity 20 95 RH
383. ute set 1 Metric 0 20101007 IP Static Route set L Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 2 IP Static Route Setup EI P PVA INPUT 120108001 IP Static Route set 8 Name lt Str gt 120108002 IP Static Route set 8 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120108003 IP Static Route set 8 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120108004 IP Static Route set 8 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120108005 IP Static Route set 8 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120108006 IP Static Route set 8 Metric 0 120108007 IP Static Route set 8 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 149 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup Menu 15 SUA Server Setup FI F PVA INPUT 50000001 SUA Server IP address for default 0 0 0 0 port 50000002 SUA Server 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 50000003 SUA Server 2 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 50000004 SUA Server 2 Port Start 0 50000005 SUA Server 2 Port End 0 50000006 SUA Server 2 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Appendix F Internal SPTGEN Table 149 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup continued 150000007 SUA Server 3 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000008 SUA Server 3 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000009 SUA Server 3 Port Start 0 15000001
384. ve to re register when they are turned off and turned on again Old PIN Code Enter the existing PIN code The PIN code can be from 1 to 4 digits long and is limited to numbers 0 to 9 New PIN Enter the new PIN code The PIN code is 1 to 4 digits long and is limited to Code numbers 0 to 9 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 151 Chapter 10 Phone Table 65 VolP gt Phone gt DECT Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION Retype to Retype the new PIN code Confirm Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 3 4 Common Phone Settings Screen Use this screen to activate and deactivate immediate dialing To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Common Figure 83 VoIP gt Phone gt Common Common Settings Active Immediate Dial Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 66 VoIP Phone Common LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Immediate Select this if you want to use the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make Dial the phone call immediately instead of waiting the number of seconds you selected in the Dialing Interval Select in VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone If you select this dial the phone number and then press the pound key The ZyXEL Device makes the call immediately instead of waiting You can still wait
385. ver is a SIP proxy server Keep Alive with Outbound Proxy Select this if the SIP server is an outbound proxy server You must enable Outbound Proxy to use this Keep Alive Interval Enter how often in seconds the ZyXEL Device should send SIP notify messages to the SIP server MWI Message Waiting Indication P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 SIP Table 58 VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Select this if you want to hear a waiting beeping dial tone on your phone when you have at least one voice message Your VoIP service provider must support this feature Expiration Time Keep the default value unless your VoIP service provider tells you to change it Enter the number of seconds the SIP server should provide the message waiting service each time the ZyXEL Device subscribes to the service Before this time passes the ZyXEL Device automatically subscribes again Fax Option This field controls how the ZyXEL Device handles fax messages G 711 Fax Select this if the ZyXEL Device should use G 711 to send fax messages The peer Passthrough devices must also use G 711 T 38 Fax Relay Select this if the ZyXEL Device should send fax messages as UDP or TCP IP packets through IP networks This provides better quality but it may have inter operability problems The peer devices must also use T 38
386. vice 9 Deselect the Use default queue on server check box 10 Type LP1 a parallel port in the Queue Name field 11 Select your Printer Model from the drop down list box If the printer s model is not listed select Generic P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Sharing a USB Printer Figure 167 Printer Configuration ee Printer List IP Printing Printer s Address 192 168 1 1 Internet address or DNS name Complete and valid address j Use default queue on server Queue Name im Printer Model Generic EL f Cancel Add 12 Click Add to select a printer model save and close the Printer List configuration screen Figure 168 Printer Model o0 Printer List IP Printing Printer s Address 192 168 1 1 Internet address or DNS name Complete and valid address Ml Use default queue on server Queue Name LP1 Printer Model ESP E EPSON 24 Pin Series CUPS v1 1 EPSON New Stylus Color Series CUPS v1 1 EPSON New Stylus Photo Series CUPS v1 1 EPSON Stylus Color Series CUPS v1 1 Cancel Add gt 13 The Name LP1 on 192 168 1 1 displays in the Printer List field The default printer Name displays in bold type Figure 169 Print Server e098 Printer List SS 5 SO Make Default Add Delete Stylus C43 Stopped 14 Your Macintosh print server driver setup is complete You can now use the ZyXEL Device s print server t
387. vice checks each rule in order and it only follows the first one that applies Active Select this to enable this rule Clear this to disable this rule Name This field displays the name of the rule It does not have to be unique Start Port This field displays the beginning of the range of port numbers forwarded by this rule End Port This field displays the end of the range of port numbers forwarded by this rule If it is the same as the Start Port only one port number is forwarded Server IP Address This field displays the IP address of the server to which packet for the selected port s are forwarded Modify This column provides icons to edit and delete rules To edit a rule click the Edit icon next to the rule The NAT Port Forwarding Edit screen appears To delete a rule click the Remove icon next to the rule All the information in the rule returns to the default settings Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 8 2 3 NAT Port Forwarding Edit Screen Use this screen to activate deactivate and edit each port forwarding rule in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click an Edit icon in Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding Figure 65 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edit Rule Setup active Service Name Start Port 3 E End Port b pooo
388. vice sends routing information using RIP In addition you can set up a backup gateway in case the default gateway is not available 6 1 WAN Overview 6 1 1 PPPoE Encapsulation The ZyXEL Device supports PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE is an IETF standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection The PPP over Ethernet option is for a dial up connection using PPPoE For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example Radius One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access 6 1 2 WAN IP Address Assignment Every computer on the Internet must have a unique IP address If your networks are isolated from the Internet for instance only betwee
389. vide security administrative control and caching service When a proxy server is located on the WAN it is possible for LAN users to avoid content filtering restrictions Keyword Blocking Enable URL Keyword Blocking Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to block Web sites based on words in the web site address For example if you block the keyword bad http www website com bad html is blocked Keyword Type a keyword you want to block in this field You can use up to 64 printable ASCII characters There is no wildcard character however Add Click this to add the specified Keyword to the Keyword List You can enter up to 64 keywords P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Content Filter Table 80 Security gt Content Filter gt Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Keyword List This field displays the keywords that are blocked when Enable URL Keyword Blocking is selected To delete a keyword select it click Delete and click Apply Delete Click Delete to remove the selected keyword in the Keyword List The keyword disappears after you click Apply Clear All Click this button to remove all of the keywords in the Keyword List Denied Access Enter the message that is displayed when the ZyXEL Device s content filter Message feature blocks access to a web site Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to s
390. ware back up and restore the configuration and restart the ZyXEL Device 24 1 Tools Overview 24 1 1 ZyXEL Firmware Find firmware at www zyxel com in a file that usually uses the system model name with a bin extension e g ZyXEL Device bin The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot 24 2 Tools Screens 24 2 1 Firmware Screen Use this screen to upload new firmware to the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware BES Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device Figure 182 Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware Firmware Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal router firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure File Path Browse Upload P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide 273 Chapter 24 Tools Each field is described in the following table Table 127 Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Enter the location of the bin file you want to upload or click Browse to find it You must decompress compressed zip files before you can
391. wers it hang up the phone 10 1 3 3 4 USA Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 2 3 When you are on the phone talking to someone place the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone Dial a phone number directly to make another call When the second call 1s answered press the flash key wait for the sub command tone and press 3 to create a three way conversation Hang up the phone to drop the connection If you want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections one is on line the other is on hold press the flash key wait for the sub command tone and press 2 10 2 Phone Screens 10 2 1 Analog Phone Screen Use this screen to control which SIP accounts and PSTN line each phone uses To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone Figure 76 VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone Analog Phone Outgoing Call Use IV sipi siP2 Iv sipi Iv siP2 I PSTN Line Phone Port Settings Incoming Call apply to Phone1 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup Each field is described in the following table Table 62 VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION Phone Port Select the phone port you want to see in this screen If you change this field the Settings screen automatically
392. x F Internal SPTGEN Table 151 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210202010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210202011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210202013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210202014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Table 152 Menu 23 System Menus Menu 23 1 System Password Setup FI FN PVA INPUT 230000000 System Password 1234 Menu 23 2 System security radius server FI FN PVA INPUT 230200001 Authentication Server Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt a 230200002 Authentication Server Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 230200003 Authentication Server IP Address 192 168 1 32 230200004 Authentication Server Port 1822 230200005 Authentication Server Shared Secret 111111111111 111 111111111111 TT 230200006 Accounting Server Configured O No 1 Yes gt E 230200007 Accounting Server Active O No 1 Yes gt 230200008 Accounting Server IP Address 192 168 1 44 230200009 Accounting Server Port 1823 230200010 Accounting Server Shared Secret 1234 Menu 23 4 System security IEEE802 1x FI FN PVA INPUT 230400001 Wireless Port Control 0 Authentication
393. y DHCP services in the WAN It has a static IP address If you are not using Roadrunner on Ethernet you can change this in Network gt WAN If you are using Roadrunner on Ethernet this is controlled by Roadrunner LAN Information IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the LAN IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the LAN Mask DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the ZyXEL Device is providing to the LAN Choices are Server The ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server in the LAN It assigns IP addresses to other computers in the LAN None The ZyXEL Device is not providing any DHCP services to the WAN You can change this in Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup WLAN Information SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in the wireless LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL Device now Security Mode This displays the security mode currently being used on the wireless network System Status System Up Time This field displays how long the ZyXEL Device has been running since it last started up The ZyXEL Device starts up when you plug it in when you restart it Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart or when you reset it see Section 2 3 on page 41 Current Date Time This field displays the current date and time in the ZyXEL Device You can cha
394. y on hold Flash 2 1 Switch back and forth between two calls 2 Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call 3 Separate the current three way conference call into two individual calls one is on line the other is on hold Flash 3 Create three way conference connection Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone European Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key and then 2 to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold Press the flash key and then 0 to disconnect the call presently on hold and keep the current call on line Press the flash key and then 1 to disconnect the current call and resume the call on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Phone 10 1 3 2 2 European Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to a telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Take one of the following actions Reject the second call Press the flash key and then press 0 Disconnect the first call and answer the second call Either press the flash key and press 1 or just hang up the phone and then answer the phone after i
395. y your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Retype to Confirm Retype your password to make sure you entered it correctly Nailed Up Select this if you do not want the ZyXEL Device to time out when the connection is Connection idle for too long Idle Timeout This field is enabled if you do not select Nailed Up Connection Enter the number of seconds that the connection should be idle before the ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects Enter zero if you do not want the ZyXEL Device to automatically disconnect This is the same as selecting Nailed Up Connection WAN IP Address Assignment 100 P 2302HWUDL P1 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Table 41 Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION Get automatically Select this if your ISP did not assign you a static IP address from ISP Use Fixed IP Select this if your ISP assigned you a static IP address Address My WAN IP Enter the IP address provided by your ISP Address Remote IP Enter the IP address your ISP provided for the remote peer server Address Remote IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask your ISP provided for the remote server Metric Usually you should keep the default value This field is related to RIP See Chapter 7 on page 105 for more information The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by ch

ZyXEL P-2302 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents